Brandeis University -^
Library
u4s for the wise, their
body alone perishes in
this world — Rashi
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2010 with funding from
Boston Library Consortium IVIember Libraries
http://www.archive.org/details/graduateschoolof6566bran
Brandeis University
The
Graduate School
of Arts and
Sciences
1965/1966
LhB7l
The
Graduate
School
of Arts
and
Sciences
Brandeis University
Library
As for the wise^ their
body alone perishes in
this world — Rashi
\i Brandeis on the Brandeis
t Berks under a commission
V York. Dedicated by Chief
anniversary of the birth of
Brandeis, November, 1956.
cted as of June 1, 1965.
Vol. XV No. 2 August, 1965
Brandeis University Bulletin, published six times a year;
three times in August; one each in October, February and
May, at Brandeis University, Waltham, Massachusetts, 02154.
Entered as second class matter at the Post Office
at Boston, Massachusetts.
^S'
"It must always he rich in goals and ideals, seemingly attainable
hut heyond im,mediate reach. . . .
"It must become truly a seat of learning where research is pursued,
books written, and the creative instinct is aroused, encouraged,
and developed in its faculty and students.
"It must ever be mindful that education is a precious treasure
transmitted— a sacred trust to he held, used, and enjoyed, and if
possible strengthened, then passed on to others upon the same
trust."
—from the writings of
Louis Dembitz Brandeis (1856-1941)
on the goals of a university.
348219
"Brandeis will be an institution of quality, where the integrity of-
learning, of research, of writing, of teaching, will not be compro-
mised. An institution bearing the name of Justice Brandeis must
be dedicated to conscientiousness in research and to honesty in
the exploration of truth to its innermost parts.
"Brandeis University will be a school of the spirit— a school in
which the temper and climate of the mind will take precedence
over the acquisition of skills, and the development of techniques.
"Brandeis will be a dwelling place of permanent values— those few
unchanging values of beauty, of righteousness, of freedom, which
man has ever sought to attain.
"Brandeis will offer its opportunities of learning to all. Neither
student body nor faculty will ever be chosen on the basis of popu-
lation proportions, whether ethnic or religious or economic."
—President Abram L. Sachar, at the ceremonies inaugurating
Brandeis University, October 8, 1948
i
Table of Contents
Academic Calendar
8
Brandeis University
11
The Graduate School of Arts
and Sciences
39
General Information
39
Academic Regulations
48
Degree Requirements
54
Fees
59
Areas of Study and Courses
67
Fellowships
169
Directories
181
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Academic Calendar 1965-1966
Fall Term
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Monday
Tuesday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Monday
Wednesday
Monday
Wednesday
Thursday
Thursday
Friday
Wednesday
Friday
Friday
Monday
Friday
Monday
Tuesday
Friday
September 15 and
September 16
September 17
September 20 and
September 21
September 27 and
September 28
October 6
October 7
October 1 1
October 13
October 18
October 20
November 11
November 25 and
November 26
December 1
December 3
December 17
January 3
January 7
January 10 and
January 1 1
January 14
Monday
January 17
Tuesday
January 18 through
Friday
January 28
Thursday
January 27 and
Friday
January 28
Friday
January 28
Registration, including payment of fees.
Students who register later will be fined $10.00.
Medical examinations for new students. Failure
to keep appointment results in $5.00 fine.
Opening days of instruction in all courses.
No University Exercises.
No University Exercises.
Final date for registration.
No University Exercises.
Final date for changing program without
$10.00 fine.
No University Exercises.
Final date for adding courses with $10.00 fee.
No University Exercises.
No University Exercises.
Final date for dropping courses with $10.00 fee.
Final date for February degree candidates to
submit final drafts of dissertations to
department chairmen. Final date for February
degree candidates to submit "Application for
Degree" to Graduate School Office.
Winter Recess begins after last class.
Classes resume. Final date for February degree
candidates to submit Master's theses to
department chairmen.
Final date for faculty certification that
February M.A. candidates have satisfactorily
completed degree requirements. Final date for
faculty certification that February Ph.D.
candidates have satisfactorily completed and
defended dissertations.
Registration for Spring Term for all students
in residence. Resident students will be fined
$10.00 for later registration.
Final date for February degree candidates to
discharge all financial indebtedness to the
University.
No University Exercises.
Midyear examinations.
Registration for students entering in the
Spring Term. New students who register at a
later date will be fined $10.00.
Final date for admission to candidacy for the
Ph.D. and completion of residence and
language requirements for all students
expecting to have the Ph.D. conferred in June
1966. Final date for deposit of Ph.D.
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Friday
February 4
Spring Term
Wednesday February 2 and
Thursday February 3
Monday February 14
Tuesday
Wednesday
Tuesday
Friday
Monday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
February 22
February 23
March 1
April 1
Wednesday April 13
Friday April 15
May 16
Friday
May 20 through
Friday
Junes
Wednesday
May 25 and
Thursday
May 26
Monday
May 30
Monday
June 6
June 10
June 11
June 12
dissertations by February degree candidates
with the Dean of the Graduate School. Final
date for reporting incomplete grades for Spring
Term 1964-65.
Grades due for all Fall Term courses.
Opening days of instruction in all courses.
Final date for changing program without
$10.00 fine.
No University Exercises.
Final date for adding courses for credit with
$10.00 fee.
Final date for registered students to file
"Application for Financial Assistance" for 1966-
67.
Final date for dropping courses with $10.00 fee.
Spring Recess begins after last class. Final date
for June Ph.D. candidates to submit final
drafts of dissertations to department chairmen.
Final date for all June degree candidates to file
"Application for Degree" with Graduate School
Office.
Classes resume.
Final date for faculty certification that M.A.
and M.F.A. candidates have completed
language requirements.
Final date for faculty certification that June
Ph.D. candidates have satisfactorily completed
and defended dissertations. Final date for
faculty certification of Master's theses. Final
date for certification that June M.A. candidates
have passed qualifying examinations.
Final examinations.
No University Exercises.
No University Exercises.
Grades due for June degree candidates. Final
date for deposit of Ph.D. dissertations with the
Dean of the Graduate School. Final date for
reporting incomplete grades for Fall Term
1965-66. Final date for June degree candidates
to discharge all financial indebtedness to the
University.
Grades due for all Spring Term and full year
courses. Final date for admission to candidacy
for the Ph.D. and completion of residence and
language requirements for students expecting
to have the Ph.D. degree conferred in February
1967.
Baccalaureate.
Commencement.
*.....
I
^^H-
bf— ^
l&laaaaaninBnraanZSsI
uK
SHii^
'%'^^j}i:: ••: ' ■ ' ' ""
^%. JT ' ^*''
iss
>
1
l^^^£F2§^fi8
Mj^jpr
w
1 ^'^flr
\
m
HMMMi
Brandeis
University
Brandeis University has set itself to develop the whole man, the sensitive,
cultured, open-minded citizen who grounds his thinking in facts, who is
intellectually and spiritually aware, who believes that life is significant, and
who is concerned about society and the role he will play in it.
The University will not give priority to the molding of vocational
skills, nor to developing specialized interests at the expense of a solid gen-
eral background. This does not mean that what is termed practical or useful
is to be ignored; Brandeis merely seeks to avoid specialization unrelated to
our basic heritage— its humanities, its social sciences, its sciences and its cre-
ative arts. For otherwise, fragmentized men, with the compartmentalized
point of view that has been the bane of contemporary life, are created.
A realistic educational system must offer adequate opportunity for per-
sonal fulfillment. Education at Brandeis encourages this drive for personal
fulfillment, but only within the framework of social responsibility. Thus
Brandeis seeks to educate men and women who will be practical enough to
cope with the problems of a technological civilization, yet mellowed by the
values of a long historical heritage; self-sufficient to the point of intellectual
independence, yet fully prepared to assume the responsibilities society im-
poses.
Brandeis University came into being because of the desire of American
Jewry to make a corporate contribution to higher education in the tradition
of the great American secular universities that have stemmed from denomi-
national generosity. By choosing its faculty on the basis of capacity and
creativity, and its students according to the criteria of academic merit and
promise, the University hopes to create an environment which may cause
the pursuit of learning to issue in wisdom.
The Famed Three Chapels
This initial and unwavering commitment to excellence has earned early
acceptance for the University within academic circles. Full accreditation
came to Brandeis at the earliest possible moment. In 1961, Phi Beta Kappa
granted permission for a chapter (Mu of Massachusetts) to be formed on
its campus. Most recently the Ford Foundation assessed the record and
potential of the University and buttressed their belief in its future with
two major challenge grants to Brandeis, an accolade accorded to only five
universities in the nation.
University Organization
Brandeis is one of the few small universities in the United States. The aca-
demic programs, described below, are each limited in size to encourage
quality and integrity of intellectual achievement. There is constant inter-
action between college, graduate and professional schools, and institutes.
The accomplishments of one set automatic pace for the others, and the
interchange benefits all, creating an intellectual environment of decided
vitality. Additionally, the organic richness of the extensive research activity
fertilizes the undergraduate root of the institution no less than the graduate
and professional programs.
The College of Arts and Sciences
In keeping with its general objectives, Brandeis attaches the greatest of im-
portance to the liberal arts curriculum. It is designed to offer full academic
opportunities for those students planning to pursue graduate or professional
studies as well as those whose educational objective is the baccalaureate
degree.
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY 13
The College of Arts and Sciences offers instruction in the Schools of
Creative Arts, Humanities, Social Science and Science. Regularly matricu-
lated students pursuing courses of instruction under the Faculty of Arts
and Sciences may, upon satisfactory completion of the first year, continue
as candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Established in 1948, full accreditation was received by Brandeis' College
of Arts and Sciences from the New England Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools in 1953.
(Full information is available in the catalog of the College of Arts and
Sciences).
The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences
The Graduate School is designed to educate broadly as it trains profession-
ally. It is sensitive to the fact that as specialization increases within society,
the traditional boundaries between the Ph.D. and advanced professional
degrees are gradually losing their distinctions. It seeks to achieve a spirit of
informality, without sacrificing work disciplines.
The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences offers courses of study lead-
ing to the master's and doctor's degrees. Graduate areas include Anthro-
pology, Astro-Physics, Biochemistry, Biology, Biophysics, Chemistry, Con-
temporary Jewish Studies, English and American Literature, History of
American Civilization, History of Ideas, Mathematics, Mediterranean Stud-
ies, Music, Near Eastern and Judaic Studies, Philosophy, Physics, Psychol-
ogy and Sociology. Theatre Arts and Politics will be added as graduate areas
in the academic year, 1966-67.
The Florence Heller Graduate School for Advanced Studies in Social Welfare
The Florence Heller Graduate School for Advanced Studies in Social Wel-
fare, made possible through the generous grant of Mrs. Florence Heller of
Chicago, was established at Brandeis University in 1959. Applicants are
required to have earned the degree of Master of Social Work at an accred-
ited school and, preferably, to have had experience on a professional level.
The program of study leads to the doctorate and is designed to quaHfy
graduates for administrative and consultative roles in established areas of
social work, as well as newly emergent areas such as international social
work, inter-group organization, labor, industry and government. Emphasis
is placed upon community organization, social work administration, and
research, making full use of the social sciences.
(Full information is available in the catalog of the Heller Graduate
School),
14 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Related Academic Programs
Wien International Scholarship and Felloxvship Program
The Wien International Scholarship Program, created in 1958 by the
Lawrence A. and Mae Wien Fund, is designed to further international un-
derstanding, to provide foreign students with opportunities for study in the
United States, and to enrich the intellectual and cultural life of the Bran-
deis campus.
The Program permits the University to offer scholarships and fellow-
ships covering tuition, room, board and, in rare instances, travel costs, to
students from foreign nations. Awards, made for the academic year, may be
renewed for a subsequent year. All applicants must possess a thorough
knowledge of the English language.
All Wien Scholars study within the regularly organized curriculum,
which is supplemented by special seminars, conferences and field trips,
planned to provide a broad understanding of many facets of American
society.
The Wien Program endorses the participation .of accepted students
in accredited summer orientation programs, especially in the Boston Area
International Seminar, a cooperative effort by Boston College, Brandeis,
Boston University, Harvard University, and Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. Wien Scholars are also encouraged to participate in the Home-
stay Program of the Experiment in International Living and in similar
authorized programs designed to make the foreign student at home in his
new environment.
In 1963 the Wien Program was expanded to include graduate stu-
dents. A limited number of Wien Fellowships are available to highly quali-
fied advanced degree candidates. Inquiries should be addressed to the Dean
of the Graduate School or to the Director of the Wien Program, stating
specifically interest in a particular field of graduate study.
Jacob Hiatt Institute in Israel
The University conducts, with the co-operation and support of the
United States Department of State, an annual semester Institute in Israel.
Open to college and university juniors and selected seniors who have com-
pleted introductory courses in political science, sociology, or social psy-
chology, the Institute offers instruction in modern Jewish and Israel his-
tory; Israel political and social institutions and the Hebrew language.
The Institute, which is located in Jerusalem and directed by Brandeis
faculty, is unique in that it emphasizes first-hand investigation. Formal
classroom work is supplemented by seminars with persons prominent in
Israel's political and economic life, and fieldwork is conducted at on-the-
spot locations such as factories, seaports, labor councils, agricultural settle-
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
15
ments, Arab and Christian communities, army training centers and miner-
alogical exploration points in the Negev Desert.
Enrollment in the Hiatt Institute is also open to a limited number ot
qualified students from other colleges and universities.
The Sarah and Gersh Lemberg Nursery School
The Lemberg Laboratory-Nursery School was established, as a unit of
the Psychology department, in the fall of 1961 through the generosity of
Samuel and Lucille Lemberg. Both indoor and outdoor facilities and equip-
ment accommodate some 30 youngsters. Brandeis students enrolled in the
education sequence, and students from Tufts University and Wheelock Col-
lege, serve as practice teachers.
Rubin Anthropology Program
A grant from the Samuel Rubin Foundation led to an intensive and
diversified program of training and field work in foreign lands, and also pro-
vided for an undergraduate program which included summer field work
training for honors candidates and a fully subsidized scholarship program.
Rosenstiel Biochemistry Program
The graduate and research program in biochemistry is supported by a
grant from the Dorothy H. and Lewis Rosenstiel Foundation made "in
support of research in the natural sciences with primary emphasis in bio-
chemistry."
The Rosenstiel Biochemistry Program, established in 1957, includes
more than 70 graduate and postgraduate research fellows. Among the
agencies co-operating in sponsoring research are the National Science Foun-
A classroom session in the nursery school
16 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
dation, National Institutes of Health, Office of Naval Research, American
Cancer Society, Atomic Energy Commission, the Eli Lilly Company, Howard
Hughes Foundation, Rockefeller Foundation, National Dental Institute, and
the Damon Runyon Memorial Fund.
Professorships and Lectureships
Jacob Ziskind Professorships
To implement its philosophy of education, the University brings to
the campus distinguished academic figures from sister universities both in
the United States and abroad who serve as Ziskind Visiting Professors. This
program, made possible by the Jacob Ziskind Endowment Fund, enables
the University to supplement its regular teaching staff with the presence of
academicians drawn from other major streams of educational thought. In-
clusion of distinguished foreign academicians serves to challenge and stimu-
late faculty and students with the introduction of new concepts and new
educational viewpoints, thus strengthening the entire educational process.
Harry B. Helmsley Lecture Series
Established to reduce barriers that separate different races, creeds and
nationalities, this annual public lecture series has, since its inauguration,
featured leading philosophers, educators, government officials and religious
leaders in discussions and seminars that relate to intergroup understanding.
The Martin Weiner Distinguished Lectureships
The income from this endowment fund permits the designation of sev-
eral Weiner Distinguished Lecturers each year. Lecturers receiving these
appointments are selected not only from the academic world, but also in-
clude figures drawn from the fields of religion, government, international
affairs, letters, science, and the business world. The Weiner Distinguished
Lecturers enrich the University's curriculum by participating in regular
academic seminars and symposia and, in addition, University convocations
and public events.
Stephen S. Wise Memorial Lecture
This annual lecture was established by the late Nathan Straus to bring
to the University each year a distinguished representative of the liberalism
that was basic to the outlook of Dr. Wise.
Abba Eban Lectureship
Also through the generosity of Nathan Straus this endowment permits
an annual lecture by a statesman or scholar on some phase of Middle
Eastern affairs.
Art Exhibit in Slosberg Music Center
Ludwig Lewisohn Memorial Lectures
Sponsored by the students of the University in tribute to their late
teacher, this annual series presents noted literary figures drawn from the
fields of criticism and creative writing.
George and Charlotte Fine Endowment Fund
Created to supplement chamber music programs given under the aus-
pices and direction of the Department of Music, the Fine Endowment Fund
makes possible the engaging of visiting artists to perform with members of
the Brandeis faculty.
Special Academic Programs
Poses Institute of Fine Arts
Established by Jack I. and Lillian Poses, to supplement the University's
curriculum program in the Fine Arts, by:
1) Exhibiting paintings, sculpture, artifacts and other expressions of con-
temporary and traditional art in the University's museum and many gallery
18
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
"^^^1
|H
HI
^■■f
■j
Mj
"^^^^^^^^^H i^ '
JH
^1
IBI
^^^^ \!^' j^^^l
^V^M^'
n
I
P
dp
Hi
mM
H
H
1
^lk^^.j||
[L^, £4:.i»B
1
^^^1
^^Ej^^^^^^ ^1
^^^Pl^'^l
^x^^^^H
HHj^H^^H
^^^1
^^^H
1
m
H
Hik^^l
nm
Q
1
"/n honoring, we are honored."
halls; 2) Sponsoring lecture series and symposia with notable art historians,
critics and practitioners of the Fine Arts, for the widest possible benefit of
the community; 3) Establishing annual institutes, organized around basic
issues in the arts and contemporary life; 4) Providing funds for commis-
sions and grants-in-aid for young artists of talent who have completed the
formal years of their education and are seeking to establish themselves as
practicing artists.
Philip W. Lown Institute of Contemporary Jewish Studies
A grant from Philip W. Lown has established a center for training
men and women who are concerned with contemporary Jewish scholarship
or with a career in institutional Jewish service. The Institute cooperates
with the regular departments of the University and with the Florence
Heller Graduate School for Advanced Studies in Social Welfare. It is ad-
ministered by a director and an interdisciplinary faculty committee. A
limited number of fellowships are available to help subsidize these studies.
An additional grant has established a research center as an adjunct to
the Lown Institute. It will examine the problems of contemporary Jewish
life and intensify the Institute's lecture series. Initial effort for the research
center is a program, beginning in September, 1965, to explore the status of
Soviet Jewry.
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
19
The Morse Communication Research Center
The Communication Research Center of the University is engaged in
a program of sponsored research studies, institutes and publications which
explore and evaluate many aspects of communications in our society. Es-
sential to these ongoing programs is the simultaneous development of basic
resource material. This involves the study of the impact of communications
upon many aspects of contemporary life— social structures, political organi-
zations, international relations, education and the formation of individual
and group attitudes.
Among the programs undertaken have been annual quantitative stud-
ies of the programming content of educational television stations in the
United States; a multi-national mass communication study program for
representatives of newly emerging nations in cooperation with the United
States Department of State; and a national conference on the role and eco-
nomics of educational television in cooperation with the American Acad-
emy of Arts and Sciences, with the support of the United States Depart-
ment of Health, Education and Welfare.
The Center is primarily underwritten by a major grant from Lester S.
and Alfred L. Morse of Boston.
Peace Corps Training Program
Under contracts with the United States Peace Corps, Brandeis Univer-
sity has served for several years as a training center for Peace Corps volun-
teers. Training on the Brandeis campus has included preparation for work
in areas of public health, community development, university education
and secondary schools.
20
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Schwartz Hall
Community Services
Lowell Institute Cooperative Broadcasting Council
Brandeis University is a member of the Lowell Institute Cooperative
Broadcasting Council, which sponsors the educational radio station WGBH-
FM and Boston's educational TV station WGBH-TV, Channel 2. Bran-
deis, along with Boston College, the Boston Symphony Orchestra, Boston
University, Harvard University, Lowell Institute, MIT, the Museum of
Fine Arts, the New England Conservatory of Music, Northeastern Univer-
sity, and Tufts University, makes its teaching facilities available for use by
WGBH-FM and its television affiliate, WGBH-TV. One of the significant
programs of the University's educational broadcasting was "The Prospects
of Mankind," organized by the late Mrs. Eleanor Roosevelt, which ap-
peared on both educational and commercial TV stations, in the United
States and abroad. This program was sponsored by the National Educa-
tional Television Center, and was produced by WGBH-TV, in cooperation
with Brandeis University.
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY 21
Brandeis University Creative Arts Awards
The establishment of the Brandeis University Creative Arts Awards
was announced by the University during 1956. Awards are presented an-
nually in the areas of Theatre Arts, Music, Poetry or Fiction and Painting
or Sculpture. In each of these fields of the arts, two types of awards are
bestowed. Achievement medals are conferred upon successful artists for
outstanding accomplishments during the year; and grants-in-aid are
awarded to young talented persons, in recognition of their creative ability
and encouragement for future study and training. Special juries are ap-
pointed annually in each of the fields to judge the competition.
Office of Adult Education
To provide adults with the opportunity to pursue courses of instruc-
tion in areas of particular interest to them, the Office of Adult Education
sponsors daytime seminars, and evening and Sunday-morning lecture
courses, all directed by members of the Brandeis faculty, and all consistent
with the quality of Brandeis academic offerings. In addition, the office
plans and presents a variety of special public lecture programs throughout
the academic year.
Summer Institutes for Adults
The Summer Institutes for Adults seek to broaden the University's aca-
demic scope by offering a unique residence program to adults from all sec-
tions of the country. Participants may spend either one or two weeks of in-
tensive, uninterrupted study, directed by Brandeis faculty members and sup-
plemented by guest lecturers, on topics broadly concerned with the prob-
lems and trends of contemporary civilization.
Themis House
Through the generosity of Mr. and Mrs. Boice Gross of San Francisco,
Brandeis has acquired the use of a large estate— within a few minutes drive
of the campus— consisting of nine acres of land and an attractive English
Tudor mansion where it is possible to house, feed and accommodate 30-40
persons. "Themis House" is the setting for significant academic institutes,
conferences and training programs sponsored by the University. In excep-
tional instances, it is made available to cooperating educational or civic
agencies.
The Computer Center
Established under an initial grant from the National Science Founda-
tion, the University's computer center employs an IBM 1620 machine in
work supporting research in the social and life sciences. Plans are presently
underway for substantial expansion of equipment and facilities.
22
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
General Description
Brandeis University, on the southwest outskirts of Waltham, Massachusetts,
is ten miles west of Boston, adjacent to Wellesley and near historic Lexing-
ton and Concord.
From the eastern Charles River boundary, University grounds sweep
upward to New England's famed Boston Rock, where Governor Winthrop
and his Massachusetts Colony explorers first surveyed the region that is
today Greater Boston.
By automobile, the campus may be reached as follows: From the south
and west take Exit 14 of the Massachusetts Turnpike and follow signs to
Route 128 North, then Exit 51, left turn at end of exit ramp and follow
signs to Brandeis. From the north: Route 128 south to Exit 51, then follow
signs. From Boston: Massachusetts Turnpike Extension to Exit 15, follow
signs towards Route 30 and Weston, right turn at Route 30, left turn at
traffic light; or, follow Commonwealth Avenue (Route 30), until the inter-
section just west of the Route 128 overpass; follow signs to Brandeis.
By public transportation: The campus is adjacent to the Roberts Sta-
tion of the Boston and Maine Railroad (West Concord Line), from which
trains run on a frequent schedule to and from downtown Boston (North
Station) and Cambridge. Rapid Transit facilities terminate at the River-
side Station of the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority (MBTA), 3
miles from campus. Public bus and taxi service operate between Riverside
and Brandeis.
128
93
128
28 1 / )C1
1 /aj
MILES
TUFTS^
1,
RADCLIFFEB HAR1
[i] BRANDEIS
,V4^
\V^^
'^A^s?
,vaos'
r- Q^, y BOSTON
— c "^^ N. COLLEGE
t"^^ BABSON
WELLESLEY
128
BOSTON
MASSACHUSETTS BAY
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
23
Center for the University's Administrative Offices
Long distance bus travellers will find that it is much easier to alight at
Riverside rather than Park Square, Boston. All Trailways and Greyhound
through and express buses stop there. Train travellers from the South
should de-train at Boston, but train travellers from the west should get off
at Newtonville, a 20-minute ride from campus on the Roberts bus. From
Logan Airport, the easiest route is by taxi to North Station and from there
to the Roberts stop (check train schedule first). Rapid Transit is also
available from Logan to North Station.
Academic and Administrative Buildings
Abelson Physics Building
Completed in 1965, the Abelson Physics Building houses teaching and
research laboratories of the Physics Department. It also includes a major
physics lecture and demonstration hall.
Administration Center
Overlooking the main entrance to the campus, the Brandeis University
Administration Center houses the offices of the president, deans, student
administration, university administration and the National Women's Com-
mittee. Conference room facilities serve the Board of Trustees, faculty
and administrative staff. The Center comprises Bernstein-Marcus Adminis-
tration Center, Gryzmish Academic Center and the Julius and Matilda
Irving Presidential Enclave.
24
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Bass Physics Building
A unit of the newly completed Science Quadrangle, the Bass Physics Build-
ing includes research facilities for the Physics Department as well as de-
partmental offices.
Bassine Biology Center
The newly opened Bassine Biology Center houses all of the research activi-
ties of the Biology Department. It includes environmental growth cham-
bers and greenhouses in addition to laboratories, laboratory support areas,
preparation rooms, and seminar facilities for the use of Biology faculty and
research personnel.
Brown Social Science Center
Adjacent to the library, the Brown Social Science Center includes three
structures.
The central building houses the Sociology, Anthropology, Psychology
and Economics Departments. It contains classrooms, seminar rooms, faculty
offices, laboratories and a small anthropolog)' museum. Glass walls overlook
an attractively landscaped quadrangle which the Social Science Center
encloses.
Schwartz Hall houses a 300-seat lecture auditorium, classrooms and a
spacious lounge. Millions of viewers across the nation have watched tele-
vision programs recorded in the main auditorium, specially equipped for
use as a television studio. The lounge contains a permanent exhibit of
Oceanic Art and Ethnographic objects donated to the University by Mrs.
Helen S. Slosberg.
The Faculty Center
The Goldfarb Library
Lemberg Hall is the home of the Lemberg Laboratory-Nursery School,
operated by the Department of Psychology. Classrooms with specially con-
structed walls of one-way glass enable students to observe youngsters in the
nursery school and to record their development from the observation room.
Lemberg Hall also houses the Psychological Counseling Center.
Brown Terrarium
Brown Terrarium, a completely equipped experimental greenhouse,
located between the Faculty Center and Sydeman Hall, provides facilities
for botanical research.
Harry Edison Chemistry Building
A new center for research in Chemistry, completed in 1965, the Harry
Edison Chemistry Building includes laboratories and research offices for
faculty, postdoctoral research fellows and other research personnel of the
Chemistry Department.
26
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Goldman-Schwartz Fine Arts Center
Faculty Center
On the south campus is the Faculty Center, containing club facilities,
lounges, the faculty dining room, a private dining room for faculty meet-
ings, and apartments for visiting faculty and lecturers.
Ford Hall
Near the central campus, Ford Hall contains classrooms, laboratories,
faculty offices and Seifer Hall, an auditorium seating 500, which is used for
lectures, large student meetings, and major conferences.
Friedland Research Center
Joined to Kalman Science Center by an overhead corridor of glass and
stainless steel, Friedland Research Center provides four stories of modern
laboratories which house research in biochemistry and related life sciences.
Gerstenzang Library of Science
The central structure of the newly completed Science Quadrangle is the
Gerstenzang Library of Science. This building includes a science library
and lecture-demonstration auditoria. The library contains stacks for
250,000 volumes, along with facilities for preparation and use of microfilms,
a periodical room and journal reading area, office and other library admin-
istration facilities. The lecture-demonstration halls are constructed as am-
phitheatres, one seating 300 and the other 100. This unit is connected to
all other buildings in the University's Science Complex.
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
27
Goldfarb Library Building
Near the center of the campus, Goldfarb Library Building is a brick,
limestone and glass structure with an ultimate capacity of 750,000 volumes.
On the periphery of its open stacks are student study carrels and faculty
studies. Seminar rooms are provided for those courses requiring intimate
and immediate access to library resources in specific research and reference
areas. The library also contains audio-visual aids, specialized reading rooms,
typing rooms and lounge facilities. Works of art from the University col-
lection are on constant display in the many galleries of the building.
Golding Judaic Center
Overlooking the campus from the northeast corner of the Academic Quad-
rangle, Golding Judaic Center contains classrooms devoted to the study of
the Near East, Judaics and related subjects. Classrooms and faculty offices
ring its large, central lecture hall.
Goldman-Schwartz Art Studios
The Goldman-Schwartz Art Studios provide classrooms, faculty offices and
sculpture areas for the Department of Fine Arts and studios for faculty, ad-
vanced students and artists-in-residence. Its completion marks a major step in
fulfilling the master plan for a unified creative arts enclave extending across
the southwest campus.
Goldsmith Mathematics Center
Completed in 1965 as a unit of the newly erected Science Quadrangle, the
Goldsmith Mathematics Center provides classrooms, seminar rooms, re-
search offices, faculty offices and a mathematics library for the use of the
Mathematics Department.
A Lecture in Rose Art Museum.
28
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Hayden Science Court
The Charles and J. Willard Hayden Court, comprising several acres in the
central campus area, is the site of present and projected science facilities
of the University. This area has been set aside as a memorial to two gener-
ous benefactors, whose pioneer gift stimulated the extensive scientific
programs of the University.
Kalman Science Center
The University's first structure devoted entirely to science, Kalman Science
Center continues to be the key facility in the growth of the University's
science facilities. This center contains instructional and research labo-
ratories for the undergraduate School of Science and for the advanced
work of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences.
Kosow Biochemistry Building
A unit of the new Biochemistry Research Center located to the east of the
existing Friedland Research Center and joined to the building on all
floors, this building provides additional modern laboratories where re-
search in Biochemistry and related life sciences is conducted.
Leeks Ciiemistry Building
Adjoining the existing Kalman Science Center, the Leeks Chemistry Build-
ing provides new modern laboratories and research spaces for the expand-
ing chemistry research program of the University.
Shiffmati Humanities Center
I
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY 29
Olin-Sang American Civilization Center
On a hillside overlooking the library and Three Chapels Area, the Olin-
Sang American Civilization Center provides unique seminar-classroom halls
which include display areas for the placement of original manuscripts and
source materials relating to the courses offered. Included are the Diplomatic
Studies, Human Rights, Lincoln, Presidential, Washington, Judicial, Legis-
lative, Ethnic Studies and Slater Halls. The Shapiro Forum, which is the
building's lecture auditorium, is patterned after the United Nations Gen-
eral Assembly hall.
Rabb Graduate Center
A circular lounge, walled in glass, is a unique architectural feature of Rabb
Graduate Center. Its main building contains classrooms and offices for the
staff of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences.
Rapaporte Treasure Hall
Adjacent to Goldfarb Library Building, and joined to it by a glass-enclosed
lobby, Rapaporte Treasure Hall is the repository for rare books, incu-
nabula and other library treasures. The upper level serves as the main
exhibition area and the lower level stores the University's growing col-
lection and includes a specially constructed vault with provision for the
protection of these rare items against the ravages of time, temperature,
humidity, fire or theft.
Rose Art Museum
Located within the Creative Arts enclave, the Rose Art Museum is the
focal point for the University's rapidly burgeoning art collection. On
permanent display are portions of the noted ceramic collection of Mr. and
Mrs. Edward Rose. Major loan exhibitions are placed on display during
the academic year as well as selections from the University's permanent
collection. The wishing pool on the lower level is both a pleasant setting
for quiet reverie and the objective of coin-tossing students before exami-
nations.
Segal Physics Building
A unit of the newly completed science research center, the Segal Physics
Building includes research offices for theoretical physicists, laboratories for
research in physics, and newly developed research areas for investigations
in high energy physics.
30 BRANDEISUNIVERSITY
Shiftman Humanities Center
Atop a hillside where its glass walls reveal spectacular views of the campus
and the country north of Boston, Shiftman Humanities Center employs a
new acaderiiic concept in educational architecture. Original manuscripts,
portraits, and source materials related to courses being offered are displayed
in the seminar rooms. The latest in electronic language teaching facilities
are employed in the building's language laboratory. Included are the Lan-
guage and Phonetics, English and American Literature, Classics, Philosophy,
Renaissance, Germanic and Asian Studies Halls.
Siosberg Music Center
Recently completed construction doubles the office, classroom and practice
room space in Siosberg Music Center at the entrance to campus. It has its
own library and a recital hall which seats 250 with carefully designed acous-
tical treatment. Siosberg Recital Hall is the location for the University's rich
program of chamber music concerts and solo performances.
Spingold Theatre Arts Center
The Spingold Theatre Arts Center is a unique and imaginative concept
translated into exciting design. With a theatre auditorium as its hub, the
circular Center includes areas for every facet of the teaching and perform-
ing arts; workshops, design rooms, costume preparation and storage areas,
rehearsal and dressing rooms, a little theatre and a dance studio. Spacious
areas are equipped as classrooms and offices, and the great lobby has been
envisioned for displays of painting, sculpture and other treasures. The
Center's location on the southwest campus places it at the hub of Brandeis'
creative arts teaching facilities.
Sydeman Hall
This annex to Ford Hall houses laboratories, classrooms and faculty offices.
Uilman Amphitheatre
Utilizing a natural bowl below the grape arbor and science buildings, the
Amphitheatre has a complete stage with full lighting equipment and
orchestra pit, classrooms and faculty offices. It is the colorful setting for
University convocations and commencements.
Wolfson-Rosensweig Biochemistry Building
A unit of the new Biochemistry Research Center located to the east of the
existing Friedland Research Center and joined to that building on all
floors, this building provides additional modern laboratories where re-
search in Biochemistry and related life sciences is conducted.
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
31
Sherman
Student Center Sj"^.,
Woodruff Hall
Situated in the center of the campus, this white brick building temporarily
houses the Florence Heller Graduate School for Advanced Studies in Social
Welfare.
Athletic Facilities
Memphis Tract
A twenty-six acre area on the east edge of the campus, Memphis Tract
contains the Shapiro Athletic Center, Marcus Field, Gordon Field and
Rieger Tennis Courts.
Gordon Field
One of the nation's most modern tracks rings Gordon Field where the
University's track and field squad plays host to teams from throughout the
east. The central area provides playing fields for the University's intramural
football teams and specialized accommodations for intercollegiate field
events.
Marcus Playing Field
Brandeis' international student body has won respect for its soccer prowess
on Marcus Playing Field, which also contains the varsity and practice base-
ball diamonds and a softball diamond.
32
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Shapiro Athletic Center
Throughout the school year the main gymnasium operates day and night
with varsity and intramural competition as well as physical education
activities. The gymnasium is also used for public lectures, student dances,
and major conferences. In addition, classrooms, offices for the physical edu-
cation faculty, team, and physiotherapy rooms and dressing rooms are in-
cluded in Shapiro Athletic Center.
Rieger Tennis Courts
The Rieger Tennis Courts are the scene of informal as well as intramural
and intercollegiate tennis competition. They are located to the rear of the
Shapiro Athletic Center.
Residence Halls
Campus living accommodations consist predominantly of double rooms,
some single rooms and larger quarters. Each residence hall has its own lounge
or lounges. Modern laundry and other conveniences are available to all
students. Each resident student should bring blankets, lamps and such rugs
and decorations as are desired. Arrangements for linen and towel service
may be made through the University.
East Quadrangle Residence Halls
5i^felJ
111'!! ''!!i!:s!!SS-'.i->...> '* ; 1 i
A
Gerstenzang Q_uadra?igle . . . opens September, 1965
East Quadrangle
The most recently completed residence halls on campus are those in the
East Quadrangle. These include Hassenfeld House, Rubenstein Hall,
Pomerantz Hall, Krivoff House and Shapiro Brothers Hall. A large central
lounge serves all of these buildings, and the entire area is complemented
by the Benjamin and Mae Swig Student Center which includes a dining
hall and lounge facilities.
Leon Court
Leon Court, a residence area, has four dormitories and a large student
center-dining hall grouped around an attractive, wooded quadrangle. Each
dormitory unit contains fully equipped student rooms, a lounge and large
recreation room. Dormitories in this quadrangle have been designated the
Scheffres, Gordon, Cable and Reitman Halls. The student dining hall is Mil-
ton and Hattie Kutz Hall.
Massell Quadrangle
Consisting of Shapiro, DeRoy, Renfield and Usen Residence Halls, and the
Sherman Student Center, this is a major housing and recreational area. Each
unit has functionally equipped rooms with maximum living and closet space.
Ground floor lounges overlook the central quadrangle and the walks encir-
cling Anne J. Kane Reflecting Pool.
Ridgewood Quadrangle
Emerman, Fruchtman, Danciger, Allen and Rosen Residence Halls com-
prise the University's living areas for students on the south campus. Each
hall has two lounges opening on the quadrangle.
34
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
The Castle
An imposing structure designed after medieval architecture and completed
a decade before Brandeis was founded, the Castle has been remodelled into
single, double, and larger rooms for women. Its ground floor houses the
University Snack Bar and the student-operated coffee shop, Cholmondeley's.
Schwartz Residence Hall
This companion structure to the Castle houses women. Its lounge, a retreat
for reading, relaxation and entertainment, is furnished in contemporary
style.
Sherman Student Center
The glass walls of Sherman Student Center rise from the ground level to
roof, overlooking Massell Quadrangle and the Kane Reflecting Pool. Its
ground floor dining hall serves several hundred students daily and is
frequently utilized as a banquet hall for major University functions. Along
the upper level are located a large lounge, game room and two smaller
dining rooms. Bulletin boards of these rooms serve as the major communi-
cations center for student activities and the walls frequently are hung with
special art exhibits. Dances, parties and meetings often occupy the entire
building on busy evenings.
Spingold Theatre . . . opens September, 1965
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY 35
Themis House
Special seminars, conferences and symposia are housed at Themis House,
located in Weston, Mass., a few minutes from the campus. Thirty to forty
participants may be accommodated for food and lodging at this University
conference site, made available by Mr. and Mrs. Boice Gross.
Feldberg Lounge
Spacious and comfortable, this glass and brick walled lounge is used for
informal discussions, lectures, songfests and conferences and is a favorite
meeting place between classes. Works of art by student and professional
artists are on constant exhibit.
Kutz Hall
A towering ceiling, attractive furnishings, a site overlooking Greater Bos-
ton, make Kutz Hall a versatile and popular student dining hall. Banquets
seating 500 are held on its main floor. An outdoor terrace and commodious
balcony provide unusual settings for receptions and student social activities.
Folding walls under the , balcony permit creation of private rooms for
dinner meetings of student or faculty groups. The towering north wall of
Kutz Hall mirrors the rest of Leon Court in its more than 8000 square feet
of glass.
Swig Student Center
The attractively furnished Swig Student Center, in the East Quadrangle,
provides dining facilities for 330 students as well as lounge and terrace for
student receptions and social activities. It also includes a private dining
room for dinner meetings of student groups. The Swig Student Center is
connected to the dormitories of the East Quadrangle by an overhead walk.
Mailman Hall
This striking glass, brick and granite structure provides spacious lounges,
modern recreational rooms and facilities for the display of painting and
sculpture. A recently completed addition to this building includes student
publication offices, the campus radio station, offices and meeting rooms for
the Student Council and other student organizations. Designs are now
being completed for transforming a substantial portion of this building
into studios and demonstration classrooms for the University's newly estab-
lished Learning Resources Program.
Usen Commons
Greater Boston spreads out in a panoramic view from the windows of Usen
Commons, a circular, conservatory style lounge on the second level of the
Castle. Since the earliest days of the University, this lounge has been
familiar to Brandeis students as ideal for small dances and social functions.
36 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Dining Halls
University dining halls are located in Kutz Hall, Swig Student Center and
Sherman Student Center. A separate kitchen is maintained in Sherman
Student Center for those wishing special dietary meals. In addition, light
refreshments are provided in the Castle Snack Bar and Cholmondeley's.
Stoneman Infirmary
On the forward slope of the campus, near the Castle, the Infirmary houses
a first aid treatment room, lounge, out-patient clinic, four consulting suites,
and rooms for twenty-four bed patients. A new wing increased patient
capacity by fifty percent.
The Three Chapels
Assuming that worship is a matter of mood and spiritual climate, not
limited to words or ceremonies, the University's Harlan, Berlin and Bethle-
hem Chapels serve the Protestant, Jewish and Catholic faiths. A centrally
located pulpit serves a large outdoor area where shared functions such as
Baccalaureate are celebrated. Student organizations responsible for services
are the B'nai B'rith Hillel Foundation, Newman Club and Student Chris-
tian Association. Each has its own chaplain.
Campus Landscape Architecture
Under a special grant from David and Irene Schwartz, funds have been
provided for a systematic landscaping of the campus to achieve a harmony
between the terrain's natural beauty and the building architecture as
conceived and executed by some of the nation's noted architectural figures.
Facilities Under Construction
Heller School Facilities
A new structure, the Florence Heller Building, currently under construc-
tion, will house the administrative, faculty and teaching activities of the
Florence Heller Graduate School for Advanced Studies in Social Welfare.
A major research center, the Ben Brown Building, also under con-
struction, will provide research offices and work rooms for the multifaceted
research programs being conducted by the Heller School.
Projected Facilities
Llnsey Sports Center
Planned for construction during 1965-66, The Joseph Linsey Sports Center
will include an Olympic size swimming pool, squash courts, fencing strips
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
37
and other athletic teaching facilities. Connected to the Athletic Center, the
Sports Center will provide facilities for substantial enhancement of the
University's physical education and intercollegiate athletic programs.
Student Union
Now being designed is a Student Union Complex which will consolidate
student social and recreational facilities in a central location in mid-
campus within easy distance of major teaching facilities and residence
halls. The Student Union Complex will consist of a main structure housing
such facilities as an assembly and banquet hall, the University Bookstore,
Mailroom, bowling alleys, lounges and food service areas. Other compo-
nents will house student organizations, student social and recreational areas,
alumni offices and student service offices. The main building of the Student
Union has been underwritten by Mr. and Mrs. Samuel Lemberg of New
York in honor of their daughter and son-in-law, Mr. and Mrs. Nathaniel H.
Usdan. Other units have been provided through generous grants from Mr.
and Mrs. Joseph Gluck of New York City; Mr. Ben Tobin of Hollywood,
Florida; Mrs. H. W. Winer of Brookline, Massachusetts, in memory of her
late husband, Mr. Hy Winer; and the Wuliger Family of Medina, Ohio, in
memory of their parents, Helen K. and Frank Wuliger.
The
Graduate School
of Arts and
Sciences
General Information
History and Organization
The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences was formally established in 1953
when the University Board of Trustees authorized graduate study in the
Departments of Chemistry, Music, Psychology, and Near Eastern and Judaic
Studies. The first Master of Arts degree was conferred in 1954; the first
Master of Fine Arts degree, in 1954; and the first Doctor of Philosophy
degree in 1957.
The general direction of the Graduate School is vested in a Graduate
Council of the Faculty composed of the President and the Dean of Faculty,
ex officio; the Dean of the Graduate School; and one representative, usually
the chairman, of each of the several University departments and committees
offering graduate instruction. The members of the Graduate Council are
appointed by the President on the recommendation of the Dean of the
Graduate School. The functions of the Graduate Council, exercised in con-
sonance with University policy, are to determine requirements for admis-
sion; to provide programs of study and examinations; to establish and main-
tain requirements for graduate degrees; to approve candidacy for degrees;
to make recommendations for degrees; to make recommendations for new
areas of graduate study; to lay down such regulations as may be considered
necessary or expedient for governing the Graduate School; and to exercise
a general supervision over its affairs. The Dean of the Graduate School is
the chairman of the Graduate Council and the chief executive officer of
the Graduate School.
Objectives
The underlying ideal of the Graduate School is to assemble a community
of scholars, scientists and artists, in whose company the student-scholar can
pursue studies and research as an apprentice. This objective is to be at-
40 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
tained by individualizing programs of study, restricting the number of
students accepted, maintaining continual contact between students and
faculty, and fostering the intellectual potential of each student.
Degrees will be granted on the evidence of intellectual growth and
development, rather than solely on the basis of formal course credits. Ful-
fillment of the minimum requirements set forth below cannot, therefore,
be regarded as the sole requisite for degrees.
Areas of Graduate Study
During the academic year 1965-66, graduate programs will be offered in the
following areas:
1. Anthropology 10. Mathematics
2. Biochemistry 11. Mediterranean Studies
3. Biology 12. Music
4. Biophysics 13. Near Eastern and Judaic Studies
5. Chemistry 14. Philosophy
6. Contemporary Jewish Studies 15. Physics and Astrophysics
7. English and American Literature 16. Psychology
8. History of American Civilization 17. Sociology
9. History of Ideas
Details of the programs and courses offered in these areas are given
below. In succeeding years, the graduate program will be extended to
cover other areas.
Graduate study in Social Welfare is offered by the Florence Heller
Graduate School for Advanced Studies in Social Welfare. For information
concerning this area of study, see the catalog of that school.
Graduate School Office
The Graduate School office is located in the Rabb Graduate Center, room
104 and rooms 107 to 111. The office is open Monday through Friday from
9 A.M. to 5 P.M. All requests for information, catalogs and application
forms should be addressed to the Dean of the Graduate School of Arts and
Sciences, Brandeis University, Waltham, Massachusetts 02154.
Housing
The University does not have on-campus housing for graduate students.
The Off-Campus Housing Bureau, located in Gryzmish Academic Center,
attempts to serve as a clearinghouse for rooms, apartments and houses
available in Waltham and near-by Greater Boston communities.
GENERAL INFORMATION 41
Dining Facilities
Graduate students may sign for the twenty-one meal contract or the fifteen-
meal contract in either Kutz Hall or the Sherman Student Center Dining
Hall. Arrangements must be made with the Steward's Office. A separate
kitchen is maintained in the Sherman Student Center for those wishing
kosher meals. Individual meals may be purchased at either dining hall.
Light snacks are served at the Castle Snack Bar.
Office of Career Planning
The Office of Career Planning assists undergraduates, seniors, graduate
students and alumni with their graduate and career plans. Information on
graduate and professional school fellowships and scholarships; graduate
and professional catalogs; lists of on- and off-campus part-time employ-
ment; lists of summer employment, and individual listings of permanent
positions including academic and research openings; civil service opportu-
nities and work and travel opportunities abroad are on file for the use of
all students and alumni.
The Office of Career Planning will assist any graduate student who
seriously needs and desires part-time work. Students seeking part-time em-
ployment should register with this office. New students will not be as-
signed to part-time positions prior to arrival on campus. Students are cau-
tioned against working more than eight to ten hours a week.
No graduate student who receives financial assistance from the Univer-
sity may accept part-time employment without the prior approval of the
chairman of his department and the Dean of the Graduate School.
The on-campus part-time student rate of pay is from $1.20 to |1.70 an
hour for graduate students depending upon skill, and upon the amount of
time worked for a department. Students can expect to earn from $200 to
|500 in the course of a year. Temporary jobs are often available on a day-
to-day basis.
The University Health Office
The Medical Director and his staff are responsible for the physical well-
being of students, including the establishment and enforcement of infir-
mary regulations. Payment of the required medical fee entitles students to
treatment available in the David Stoneman Infirmary and to participate in
the Student Health Plan.
New students in the College as well as the Graduate Schools are re-
sponsible for submission of a health examination report and meeting all
requirements of the Health Office. These include a certificate of inocula-
tion against smallpox, evidence of tetanus immunization and, if possible.
42 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
complete immunization against poliomyelitis. Since students are not per-
mitted to register until these requirements have been satisfied, it is strongly
recommended that reports be submitted at least two months before regis-
tration. All new students must report for physical examinations at the
beginning of each academic year. This is in addition to the pre-entrance
physical examination by the student's family physician or physician of his
choice.
The health insurance program helps defray expenses for a period of
one year, commencing September 1, 1965, for treatment beyond the scope
of the Health Office. A brochure outlining the details of this program is
distributed to each student at registration and copies are mailed to parents.
Students and parents are urgently requested to read this brochure and
keep it for reference. It should be noted here, however, that coverage is
not provided for pre-existing conditions, optical and dental services or
special drugs.
Within the limitations of the insurance coverage, fees of outside doc-
tors, laboratories, and hospitals will be processed for payment only when
consultations, laboratory or x-ray studies or hospitalization have been au-
thorized by the University Health Office in advance on a form provided for
this purpose. The University is not responsible for off-campus medical and
hospital care sought by students or their parents on their own initiative, or
for outside care or consultation which has not previously been authorized
by the Health Office. The only exception to this is in case of real emer-
gency, or illnesses or injuries occurring while away from the university,
when such prior authorization is not feasible.
Admission
As a general rule only well-qualified men and women who have completed
the normal four-year program leading to the Bachelor's degree will be
considered for admission to the Graduate School. Graduates of foreign
schools and others who have completed the equivalent of a Bachelor's
degree program may apply, describing the educational program they have
completed.
Testing
Applicants for admission to the graduate areas in biochemistry, biophysics,
chemistry, history of American civilization and psychology are required to
take the Graduate Record Examination, including the aptitude test por-
tion, and preferably one advanced test in a field related to the proposed
area of graduate study. Applicants for admission to the graduate area in
GENERALINFORMATION 43
psychology must also take the Miller Analogies Test. All other applicants
for admission are urged to take the Graduate Record Examination. Infor-
mation concerning the Graduate Record Examination is available from
the Educational Testing Service, 200 Nassau Street, Princeton, New Jersey,
or 1947 Center Street, Berkeley 4, California.
Foreign students, regardless of graduate area of study, are required to
take the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) unless English is
their first language. This includes comprehensive testing in auditory com-
prehension, reading comprehension, writing, vocabulary, and grammar.
Applications for admission to the test should be made to TOEFL, Educa-
tional Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey, U.S.A. The test is adminis-
tered at various established centers abroad.
Application
Specific requirements established by each area of study are to be found
below. Each applicant should consult these requirements prior to filing an
application. One who seeks admission to the Graduate School should write
to the Dean of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, stating which
area of study he or she wishes to pursue. A catalog and appropriate forms
will be forwarded to the applicant. The "Application for Admission" and,
if needed, the "Application for Financial Aid" should be completed and
returned in duplicate as soon as possible. The closing date for receipt of
applications for admission is the first business day in March, though excep-
tions may be made. Applicants requesting financial aid should file as early
as possible. Applications for admission for the Spring Term must be filed
by December 15. Students are not usually admitted at midyear, and those
who do gain admission are not normally eligible for financial aid.
The applicant is required to arrange for forwarding official transcripts,
in duplicate, of all undergraduate work and graduate work, if any. In
addition, he must have forwarded, on forms provided by the Graduate
School, two letters of recommendation, preferably from professors with
whom the applicant has studied in the field of his proposed area of study.
An applicant who has engaged in graduate study elsewhere should request
at least one of the recommendations from a professor with whom he has
done graduate work.
Applicants for admission to the Graduate Department of Music in the
field of composition and to the graduate Department of English and Ameri-
can Literature must also submit samples of their written work.
All applications for admission must be accompanied by an application
fee of 110.00, payable by check or money order to Brandeis University. No
application will be processed until this fee is paid.
44 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Admission Procedure
All applications are considered on a competitive basis. The number of stu-
dents who are admitted each year in each department is limited so that
the Graduate School may operate effectively under its distinctive principles
of individualized study and apprenticeship. Consequently, admission may
sometimes be denied to qualified persons. The minimum standards of ad-
mission merely determine whether the applicant will qualify for a place in
the group from which final selections will be made. Selections are based on
the applicant's ability to do graduate work of high quality, as shown by the
distinction of his previous record, particularly in his proposed area of study;
by the confidential letters of recommendation submitted in support of his
application; and by his adaptability to the particular graduate programs
offered by Brandeis University. In addition, knowledge of foreign languages,
relevant practical experience in the field, samples of work, the results of the
Graduate Record Examination, and indications of character are considered.
In order for the results of the Graduate Record Examination to be consid-
ered, the applicant should take the examination no later than January,
1966.
Each application for admission with all supporting records is first
examined by the department or committee responsible for the graduate
area to which the applicant seeks admittance. The department or commit-
tee recommends to the Dean of the Graduate School which applicants
should be selected for admission and for financial aid. The Dean, in
association with the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Awards, reviews
all applications in the light of departmental recommendations, and, on
behalf of the Committee on Admissions and Awards, informs each applicant
of the results of the competition. Applicants for admission will be notified
usually by April 1.
Acceptance
A student who has been accepted for admission to the Graduate School
will be notified by a letter specifying the date by which he must accept the
offer of admission and awards, if any. If a student selected for admission
indicates that he does not intend to accept the offer, or if he fails to reply
by the date specified, his admission offer becomes void and another appli-
cant may be accepted in his place.
Brandeis University subscribes to the "Resolution Regarding Scholars,
Fellows, and Graduate Assistants" of the Association of Graduate Schools
of North America. The resolution states:
"In every case in which a graduate assistantship, scholarship, or fellow-
ship for the next academic year is offered to an actual or prospective
GENERAL INFORMATION 45
graduate student, the student, if he indicates his acceptance before
April 15, will have complete freedom through April 15 to submit in
writing a resignation of his appointment in order to accept another
graduate assistantship, scholarship, or fellowship. However, an accept-
ance given or left in force after April 15 commits him not to accept an-
other appointment without first obtaining formal release for the pur-
pose."
Students who are accepted must provide the Graduate School Office
with an official final transcript of their undergraduate record and of any
graduate work in progress at the time of acceptance. In addition, students
who are accepted are required to complete and return a Medical Question-
naire and a health insurance form, which will be sent with notification of
acceptance. All acceptances are conditioned on subsequent approval by
the University Health Office. All persons admitted to the Graduate School
must give evidence of their physical and psychological capacity to carry on
their studies.
If, after having been admitted, a student cannot attend, he should
notify the Dean of the Graduate School as soon as possible. If such a student
wishes to be admitted for a subsequent academic year, he must request
reactivation of his application at the appropriate time, and bring it up to
date.
An applicant who has been denied admission may reapply in a later
year, particularly if he has had further training which would strengthen
his application or if he can submit additional letters of recommendation.
Admission to the Graduate School does not imply that the successful
applicant has been accepted as a candidate for a graduate degree. Superior
performance at Brandeis University is essential. Admission to candidacy
for the M.A. or M.F.A. is granted by the graduate department or committee
administering the program of study. Admission to candidacy for the Ph.D.
is granted by the Graduate Council on the recommendation of the Depart-
ment or Committee administering the program of study.
Readmission
Admission is valid only for one academic year. A student's record is re-
viewed annually, and he may be denied readmission. Students completing
the requirements for the M.A. or M.F.A., and students who already hold a
Master's degree but who have not yet been admitted to candidacy for the
doctorate, must make formal application for readmission by the first busi-
ness day in April of each year if not requesting financial aid, or by the first
business day in March if requesting financial aid. The application for re-
admission must be filed with the Graduate School Office.
46 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Foreign Students
Graduates of foreign colleges and universities who have completed the
equivalent of an American bachelor's degree may apply for admission and
for financial assistance. Foreign applicants should enclose with the official
"Application for Admission" original documents or official certified copies
indicating the nature and scope of their formal educational background.
A student whose native language is not English should not apply
unless he can read, write, and understand English with enough competence
to pursue a regular program of graduate study at an American university.
Evidence of such competency is required through submission to the Gradu-
ate School the results of the TOEFL examination. Nor should a foreign
student apply for admission unless he has the financial ability to support
himself in the United States. For this purpose the sum of at least $2,500
will be necessary for the nine-month academic year, exclusive of expenses
for travel, summer, or vacation.
Of the large number of foreign applicants who apply annually, finan-
cial assistance is available to only a few of the outstanding. Scholarships
cover only tuition costs. Fellowships and teaching assistantships are helpful
in meeting subsistence expenses. The total assistance offered, however, is
usually sufficient to cover only a portion of the student's total expenses. A
foreign applicant who has not had training in an American institution of
higher learning will be at a disadvantage in competing for scholarships
and fellowships. Teaching assistantships are rarely awarded to foreign
applicants in their first year of graduate study.
A limited number of foreign applicants are accepted through the Wien
International Scholarship Program, which provides financial assistance to
highly qualified graduate degree candidates. A complete description of this
program may be found on page 14 of this catalog.
It would be wise for foreign applicants who are not in the United
States at the time of application to seek the assistance of the Institute of
International Education. The Institute has access to funds for the aid of
foreign students and helps place them at suitable universities. For infor-
mation write to the Institute of International Education, 809 United Na-
tions Plaza, New York, New York 10017. Students from Great Britain may
apply through the English Speaking Union, whose central office is in Lon-
don. The Fellowship Commission of the United States Information Service
and the local American Embassy have information on travel grants for
foreign students. In any case, foreign applicants are advised to apply to
several American universities.
GENERAL INFORMATION
47
An application fee of $10.00 should accompany the foreign student's
"Application for Admission." No application will be processed until the
application fee is paid. A foreign student who is registering in the Graduate
School for the first time or reregistering after a leave of absence must see the
adviser for foreign students before registration and must present to her for
inspection his passport and visa. The adviser will assist in all matters
connected with U.S. immigration regulations.
The office of the adviser for foreign students is located in Gryzmish
Academic Center, Room 106.
A foreign student who enters the United States on a student "¥" visa
is expected to register at the college or university which admitted him and
is the destination for which his visa was obtained. Should a foreign student
be admitted to the Graduate School of Brandeis University from another
American university, he must visit the District Immigration Office in the
area of the school from which he is transferring and present a letter from
that school stating that he has been successfully pursuing a full course of
study and that there is no objection to the transfer. He must also present
his acceptance letter from the Graduate School of Brandeis University.
Employment may be granted to an "¥" visa student during the school
year in three situations: (1) if he has been granted permission for on-cam-
pus employment as a condition of admission, as indicated on the original
Form I 20A provided by the University; (2) if his employment consists of
practical training in his field of study; or (3) if his financial situation has
changed since his admission, and he has been granted permission for em-
ployment, with the approval of the University, by the Immigration and
Naturalization Service. Each year the Immigration and Naturalization
Service delegates to the University the privilege of granting permission, on
the basis of economic necessity, to "F" visa students for employment during
the summer vacations. Permission for employment cannot be granted to
Exchange Visitor "J" visa students, unless the employment is practical train-
ing that is part of the program of instruction.
-"qEBSSros^^rr
48 BRANDEISUNIVERSITY
Academic Regulations
Registration
Every resident student must register in person at the beginning of each
semester, whether the student is attending regular courses of study, carrying
on research or independent reading, writing a thesis or dissertation, or
utilizing any academic service or facility of the University. Students who
have completed their residence requirements and who wish to utilize any
academic service or facility of the University must also register.
There is a charge of $10.00 if registration is not completed at the time
specified in the Academic Calendar for the Graduate School.
Registration consists of payment of all fees for the semester and filing
a program card and other required forms duly completed.
Program of Study
Before filing his Program Card, the student should plan his program of
study in consultation with the chairman of his department. All courses for
which the student registers for credit must be listed on the Program Card.
Audited courses must also be listed, noted as "audit," and the Program
Card must be signed by instructors of such courses.
A graduate student may not normally register for an undergraduate
course (numbered below 100) in his own area for degree or residence credit
unless he secures the signed approval of both the instructor of that course
and his department chairman. The student must then petition the Dean of
the Graduate School for the desired credit, and must receive his approval
before or at the time of registration. Credit will not be given for undergrad-
uate courses taken to make up deficiencies in the student's preparation for
a graduate program of studies, nor will credit ordinarily be given for lan-
guage courses that are not part of the student's program of studies. Under
no circumstances may a student receive credit toward completion of degree
or residence requirements for courses undertaken to aid in the completion
of language requirements. Scholarship students may not apply their scholar-
ships toward the remission of tuition for undergraduate courses taken to
remedy deficiences. The completed Program Card must be signed by the de-
partment chairman before submission at registration, and the department
chairman will certify whether the program of study is full-time or part-time
and, if part-time, whether one-quarter, one-half, or three-quarters time. Full-
year courses must be re-entered on the program card at Spring Registration,
and ordinarily they may not be dropped at midyear. A student wishing to
drop a full-year course at midyear must petition the Dean of the Graduate
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 49
School for permission, after receiving the written approval of the instructor
of the course and of the chairman of his department. No student may register
at midyear for a full-year course without the written approval of the in-
structor of the course and his department chairman.
Auditing Courses
The privilege of auditing courses without fee is extended to all regularly
enrolled graduate students except those classified as special students. Special
students may audit courses by paying for them at the same rate as those
taken for credit. No course may be audited without the permission of the
instructor. An auditor is merely a listener. He may not participate in any
class work, nor take examinations, nor receive evaluation from the instruc-
tor; no credit is granted for an audited course.
Change of Program
A registered student who wishes to drop or add a course or alter his pro-
gram of study must obtain a Course Change Card from the Graduate School
Office and return it when properly filled out. Credit will not otherwise be
given for the courses changed. In addition, a student must change his pro-
gram within the specified time limits stated in the current academic calen-
dar, or he will be subject to a $10.00 fine.
Students may not drop courses after December 1 in the first term or
after April 1 in the second term of the academic year.
Registration in Terms of Time
An advanced student— one who has completed one full year of residence,
either by graduate work at Brandeis or by receiving credit for graduate
work done elsewhere— may register in terms of time, subject to the signed
approval of his department chairman. His Program Card must indicate that
he is registering full-time or a specific fraction thereof (one-quarter, one-
half, or three-quarters).
Registration in terms of time is a device that helps to individualize
programs of study and permits increased freedom for independent research
for the advanced graduate student. Registration in terms of time frees the
student to pursue a program of study that partially accepts or bypasses
altogether the system of formal courses, although a student registering in
terms of time will usually register for an advanced research or dissertation
course. His time will be spent in such research and reading as will be most
beneficial to his development as a scholar.
50 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Absence from Examinations
A student who is absent from a midyear or final examination without an
accepted e^xcuse will receive a failing grade for that examination. No stu-
dent may be excused from such examination unless for emergency or
medical reasons, nor may he be excused if he was able to notify the instruc-
tor in advance and failed to do so. Cases involving absence are referred to
the chairman of the department. The department will decide whether a
make-up examination shall be allowed. If a make-up examination is al-
lowed, the instructor will notify the Dean of the Graduate School, who will
arrange for its administration.
Grades and Course Standards
Graduate students are expected to maintain records of distinction in all
courses. Letter grades will be used in all courses in which grading is possi-
ble. In thesis or research courses, if a letter grade cannot be given at the
end of every semester or academic year, "Credit" or "No Credit" may be
used. "No Credit" and any letter grade below "B-minus" are unsatisfactory
grades in the Graduate School. A course in which the student receives an
unsatisfactory grade will not be counted toward graduate credit. Courses
graded "Non-credit" are those which carry no credit but are required of
the student. At the end of each academic year the Graduate School will
issue to all registered students a report of their grades and of degree re-
quirements that have been satisfactorily completed.
Incompletes
A student who has not completed the research or written work for any
course may receive a grade of "Inc." (incomplete) or a grade of failure at
the discretion of the instructor in the course. A student who receives a
grade of "Inc." must satisfactorily complete the work of the course in
which the "Inc." was given in order to receive credit for the course and a
letter grade. An "Inc.," unless given by reason of the student's failure to
attend a final examination, must be made up no later than the end of the
term following the term in which it was received. When failure to take a
final examination has resulted in an "Inc.," resolution of that grade to a
letter grade must occur within six weeks of the beginning of the next aca-
demic semester or the potential course credit will be lost. If a student re-
quires additional time to settle an incomplete grade, he may petition the
Dean of the Graduate School for an extension of time, provided the
petition is signed by the instructor of the course and by the department
chairman. Such a petition must be filed prior to the expiration of the dead-
line for making up an incomplete.
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 51
Credit for Work Done Elsewhere
Graduate work taken elsewhere may not be counted toward fulfillment o£
the residence requirement at Brandeis University for the degree of Master
of Arts, although a department may accept work taken elsewhere in partial
fulfillment of specific course requirements for the degree. Not more than
one semester of residence credit for work taken elsewhere may be counted
toward fulfillment of the residence requirement for the degree of Master of
Fine Arts. Not more than one year of residence credit for work taken else-
where may be counted toward fulfillment of the residence requirement for
the degree of Doctor of Philosophy.
A student admitted to a Ph.D. program at Brandeis University who
has done graduate work elsewhere may file an application to have his work
at that institution counted toward fulfillment of residence requirements.
However, language requirements, qualifying and comprehensive examina-
tions, the dissertation and the final oral examination, and other such
requirements, must be fulfilled while enrolled at Brandeis.
To be eligible to receive credit toward fulfillment of residence require-
ments for work taken elsewhere, a student must complete at least one
semester's residence at Brandeis as a full-time student. He may then file an
"Application for Credit for Graduate Work Done Elsewhere." The com-
pleted application should be submitted to the Graduate School Office,
which will advise the student of the action taken on his application. An
applicant will not necessarily be given the credit he requests. Each depart-
ment reserves the right to require of any student work in excess of its
minimum standards to assure thorough mastery of his area of study. In any
case, every candidate for the Ph.D. degree must complete at least one year
in residence at Brandeis as a full-time student, or the equivalent thereof in
part-time study.
Residence Requirements
Residence requirements for all graduate degrees are computed by deter-
mining the amount of registration for credit and the tuition charges. Part-
time students and teaching assistants pursuing part-time programs of study
for credit complete their residence requirement when their fractional pro-
grams (one-quarter, one-half, three-quarters) total the amount required of
a full-time student for any given degree.
Master of Arts
The minimum residence requirement for all students is one academic year
on a full-time graduate credit program at the full tuition rate, or the equiva-
lent thereof in part-time study.
52 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Master of Fine Arts
The minimum residence requirement for all students is three academic
semesters on a full-time graduate credit program for each semester, at the
full tuition rate for each semester, or the equivalent thereof in part-time
study.
Doctor of Philosophy
The minimum residence requirement for all students is two academic years
on a full-time graduate credit program for each year, at the full-tuition
rate for each year, or the equivalent thereof in part-time study.
Full-Time Resident Students
A full-time student is one who devotes his entire time, during the course of
the academic year, to a program of graduate work at Brandeis University,
to the exclusion of any occupation or employment. In exceptional cases,
however, a student may accept outside employment with the approval of
his department chairman.
A full-time program may include a combination of teaching and re-
search assistance, work leading to the fulfillment of degree requirements,
such as preparation for qualifying, comprehensive, and final examinations,
or supervised reading and research, or the writing of M.A. theses and Ph.D.
dissertations, as well as regular course work.
A full-time resident student may take as many courses for credit in
any semester as are approved by his department chairman, but no student
may receive credit for, nor be charged for, more than a full-time program
in any semester. Thus the minimum residence requirement for any degree
may not be satisfied by an accelerated program of study nor by payment of
more than the full-time tuition rate.
Ph.D. candidates and students for whom the M.A. and M.F.A. degrees
are terminal degrees may continue as full-time students on completion of
their residence requirements by registering at the post-residence fee (see
p. 59).
Part-Time Resident Students
A part-time student is one who devotes less than his entire time to a pro-
gram of graduate work at Brandeis University. He may register for a credit
program of one-quarter, one-half, or three-quarters time. A part-time stu-
dent may engage in outside employment with the permission of his depart-
ment chairman, who may restrict the time permitted for such employment.
Students wishing to pursue part-time resident study leading to a gradu-
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 53
ate degree must explain in writing, at the time they seek admission, why
full-time study is not possible. An enrolled student receiving financial aid
from the University, who wishes to change his status from a full-time to a
part-time resident, must file with the Graduate School Office an explanation
of why full-time study is no longer possible.
Post-Resident Students
A graduate student who has completed residence requirements and who
registers in order to utilize academic services or University facilities while
completing degree requirements is a post-resident student.
Special Students
On occasion, properly qualified persons who wish to audit or to take courses
without working for a degree will be admitted. Special students are not
eligible for University loans, scholarships, fellowships, teaching or research
assistantships, nor will they be considered for resident counsellorships. A
special student who later wishes to change his status to that of a part-time
or full-time student working for a degree must apply for admission as a
resident student. He must also file a special petition if he wishes credit to
be accepted for any courses taken at Brandeis as a special student. Credit
for such course work may be granted in exceptional cases.
Leave of Absence
Students who have not completed their residence requirements may peti-
tion for leave of absence. The petition must have the approval of both the
chairman of the department and the Dean of the Graduate School. Leave
of absence up to one year will normally be granted to students in good
academic standing who present compelling personal reasons or need to do
work off campus in connection with their graduate studies.
If for any reason a student must extend a leave of absence, he must
request such extension in writing before his leave of absence expires.
Failure to do so will result in being automatically dropped from the
Graduate School roster.
Continuation
A graduate student who has completed residence requirements and who is
not registered during the period in which he is completing degree require-
ments is considered a Continuation Student. A student in this category is
not eligible for a leave of absence.
54 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Withdrawal
A student who wishes to withdraw from the Graduate School at any time
before the end of the academic year must give immediate written notice to
his department chairman and to the Dean of the Graduate School. Failure
to comply with this procedure for withdrawing may subject the student to
dishonorable discharge, refusal of readmission, cancellation of the privilege
of securing an official transcript of his record, and, in the case of a student
withdrawing within 30 days of the beginning of classes, loss of eligibility for
partial refund of tuition. Such a student must pay tuition for the full
semester. Permission to withdraw will not be granted if the student has not
discharged all financial indebtedness to the University or has not made
arrangements for subsequent payment to the satisfaction of the Office of
University Finance.
Exclusion, Dismissal or Expulsion
The University reserves the right to dismiss or exclude at any time any
student whose character, conduct, academic standing or financial indebted-
ness it regards as undesirable, and without assigning any further reason
therefor; neither the University nor any of its Trustees or officers shall be
under any liability whatsoever for its disciplinary action, exclusion or
dismissal.
The University also reserves the right to revoke, cancel or reduce at
any time any financial or honorific award made to any graduate student,
for character, conduct, academic standing or financial indebtedness re-
garded by the University as undesirable, and without assigning any further
reason therefor; neither the University nor any of its Trustees or officers
shall be under any liability whatsoever for cancelling, revoking or reducing
any award.
General Degree Requirements
The following general requirements apply to the awarding of graduate
degrees in all areas of study. For the specific requirements of each area of
study, students should consult the appropriate section of this catalog.
Master of Arts
In order to qualify for a Master's degree, the student must complete the
equivalent of one full year of graduate study at Brandeis University, ordi-
narily computed at a minimum of twenty-four semester hours of approved
study. Each course meeting three hours per week grants three credits per
semester. Certain departments may at their option require more than
GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 55
twenty-four hours of graduate study. All departments offering Master's
programs require that the candidate demonstrate a reading knowledge of
at least one foreign language and pass satisfactorily a general or qualifying
examination which, at the department's discretion, may be in one or more
parts and may be written, oral, or both. Where a thesis is required for the
Master's degree, two copies must be submitted to the department chairman
in final form no later than January 7 for a February degree or May 1 for a
June degree.
The Master's degree must be earned within four years from the in-
ception of graduate study at Brandeis University.
Master of Fine Arts
In order to qualify for the degree of Master of Fine Arts in Music, the
candidate must complete with distinction thirty-six semester hours of work
at the graduate leve}, and must meet the language and other requirements
for the degree outlined on pages 127-130. Two copies of the thesis must be
submitted to the department chairman in final form no later than January
7 for a February degree or May 1 for a June degree.
The Master of Fine Arts degree must be earned within five years from
the inception of graduate study at Brandeis University.
Doctor of Philosophy
In order to qualify for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, a student must
ordinarily complete a minimum of three years of graduate study, including
two full years of residence and a third year devoted to the preparation of a
doctoral dissertation. Under certain conditions credit for advanced standing
will be granted for work taken in residence in graduate schools of other
universities. Each Department or Committee reserves the right to require
prospective candidates for the degree to perform work in excess of its
minimum standards to assure thorough mastery of the area.
Prospective candidates, except in American Civilization, Philosophy and
Psychology, must demonstrate proficiency in at least two foreign languages.
In all areas of study the student must satisfactorily pass a general or qualify-
ing examination which, at the department's discretion, may be in one or
more parts and may be written, oral, or both. In addition, all prospective
candidates must write a doctorial dissertation and defend it in a final oral
examination.
To be eligible for the receipt of the Ph.D. degree in any given year,
the student must have (1) been admitted to candidacy for the doctorate,
(2) completed all residence requirements, and (3) passed all language and
qualifying examinations, by the close of the semester preceding the semester
in which the degree will be conferred. Doctoral dissertations must be sub-
56 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
mitted to department chairmen by December 3 for February degrees, and
April 1 for June degrees. In addition, notification that the doctoral dis-
sertation has been approved and that the dissertation examination has been
passed must have been communicated to the Dean of the Graduate School
no later than January 7 in the case of February degrees or May 15 in the
case of June degrees.
Students entering Brandeis University with no previous graduate work
must earn the Doctor's degree within eight years from the inception of
study. Students who enter Brandeis University with a Master's degree shall
be required to complete the Ph.D. in seven years.
Language Requirements
A reading knowledge of at least one foreign language is required of all
students engaged in programs of study leading to the M.A. degree. A read-
ing knowledge of at least two foreign languages is required of all students
engaged in programs of study leading to the M.F.A. A reading knowledge
of at least two foreign languages except in History of American Civiliza-
tion, Philosophy and Psychology, is required of all students engaged in
programs of study leading to the Ph.D. degree. Candidates for the Ph.D.
degree in Music are required to have a reading knowledge of three foreign
languages. Graduate departments may require degree candidates to demon-
strate proficiency in additional languages. Each department determines
which languages are acceptable as satisfying the foreign language require-
ments.
Students are expected to satisfy the language requirements as soon as
possible. The completion of the language requirements at another univer-
sity does not exempt the candidate from the Brandeis requirements. The
student should present himself for at least one language examination during
his first year of residence.
A student who has not passed an examination in at least one foreign
language by the end of his first year of study will not be eligible for financial
aid from the University for the second year.
All Ph.D. candidates must pass their second language examination no
later than the semester preceding the semester in which the degree is to be
conferred.
Many departments require that language examinations be passed at an
earlier time than specified in these provisions. Special requirements will be
found in the departmental statements included in this catalog.
Admission to Candidacy
A student who (a) has demonstrated a knowledge and mastery of the J
subject matter of his field at a level satisfactory to his Department or "
GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 57
Committee; (b) has passed all departmental qualifying examinations; (c)
has indicated a capacity for independent research of high quality; and (d)
has satisfactorily completed all specific Department or Committee require-
ments for admission to candidacy may, at the recommendation of the
Department or Committee, be admitted by the Graduate Council to candi-
dacy for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. In order to be eligible for the
award of the degree, the student must be admitted to candidacy at least one
semester before the degree is awarded.
Application for Graduate Degrees
Candidates for the M.A., M.F.A., and Ph.D. degrees must file with the
Graduate School Office an application for the degree no later than Decem-
ber 3 for a February degree and no later than April 1 for a June degree of
the academic year in which the degree is to be conferred. Upon the written
recommendation by a candidate's Department or Committee that his ap-
plication be approved, his record will be reviewed by the Graduate Coun-
cil which recommends him to the University's Board of Trustees for the
degree. In case of failure or withdrawal from candidacy in any year, the
student must reapply by filing a new application in a later year.
Dissertation and Final Oral Examination
Two, copies of the doctoral dissertation, as well as an abstract of the
dissertation not to exceed six hundred words in length, should be submitted
to the department or committee chairman no later than December 4 for a
February degree and April 1 for a June degree of the academic year in which
the Ph.D. degree is to be conferred. The style and format of all dissertations
are determined by the respective departments. The chairman will then
appoint two or more readers, besides the principal supervisor, to read the
candidate's dissertation. Certification of the approval of the dissertation by
these readers will be communicated to the Dean of the Graduate School
and to the chairman of the Department or Committee. The chairman will
then schedule a final oral examination and notify both the Dean of the
Graduate School and the candidate of the time and place of the exami-
nation at least three weeks prior to the scheduled date of the dissertation
defense.
The dissertation, when approved by the readers, must then be de-
posited in the Office of the Graduate School, where it will be available to
all interested members of the faculty for at least two weeks prior to the final
oral examination.
The Dean of the Graduate School will publish in the University
Gazette the time and place of a candidate's final oral examination and the
title of his doctoral dissertation. The final oral examination will be open to
any member of the faculty engaged in graduate instruction and to invited
faculty members of other institutions.
The Examining Committee, recommended by the department chair-
man and approved by the Dean of the Graduate School must be composed
of at least three members of the faculty. At least one member of the ex-
amining committee shall be from a graduate area outside the student's own,
though preferably from a related area.
The examination may be restricted to a defense of the dissertation, or
may cover the whole field of the dissertation. The candidate will be notified
by his Department or Committee of his responsibility for coverage at the
examination.
A report, signed by the Examining Committee, certifying the candi-
date's successful performance on the final oral examination, will be sub-
mitted to the Dean of the Graduate School no later than January 7 for a
February degree or May 16 for a June degree of the year in which the
degree is to be conferred.
Deposit and Publication of Dissertation
By January 28 for February degree candidates, or June 6 for June degree
candidates, the candidate must deposit two copies of his finished dissertation,
including the original typescript, in a state suitable for microfilm and Xerox
publication. Both copies of the dissertation must have the signed approval
of the dissertation supervisor and readers. One copy will be retained by the
library, the other by the department, both in bound form. The candidate
must also submit two copies of an abstract of the dissertation, not exceeding
600 words, which has been approved by the dissertation supervisor.
A detailed statement of the Graduate School publication regulations
is available from the Graduate School Office. See also the statement in this
catalog, under Fees, on the Final Doctoral Fee.
FEES 59
Fees
All fees are payable on the dates they are due. In exceptional cases, students
may make prior arrangements with the Office of University Finance for
installment payments. A candidate for a June degree must pay any out-
standing indebtedness to the University by June 1, just prior to Commence-
ment, or his name will be stricken from the rolls of degree candidates. Can-
didates for February degrees must pay any outstanding indebtedness by
January 15 of the year in which the degree is conferred.
Payment of tuition and other fees due on the day of registration is a
part of the registration procedure. A student who is not prepared to pay
such fees on the day of registration and who has not made alternative
arrangements for payment with the Office of University Finance will be
refused the privilege of registration. A registered student who defaults in the
payment of indebtedness to the University shall be subject to suspension,
dismissal and refusal of a transfer of credits or issuance of a transcript. A
student who has been suspended or dismissed for nonpayment of indebted-
ness to the University may not be reinstated until such indebtedness is paid
in full.
Application Fee: $10.00. Payable by all applicants for admission at the
time the application for admission is submitted and is not refundable.
Checks and money orders should be made payable to the order of Brandeis
University. No application for admission will be processed until this fee is
paid. This fee is not required of Brandeis graduates.
Tuition Fee: The fees for tuition in the Graduate School for 1965-66
are as follows:
Full-time resident students: $1,650 per year, or $825 per semester.
Part-time resident students:
Per Semester Per Year Fraction Program of Study
$618.75 $1,237.50 Three-quarters
$412.50 $ 825.00 One-half
$206.25 $ 412.50 One-quarter
Special Students: $206.25 per course per semester.
Post-Residence Fee: Students who have completed their residence re-
quirements and who wish to continue in residence to utilize any academic
service or University facility must register at the usual tuition rates. Grad-
uate students whose tuition is not being paid from scholarship or fellow-
ship funds awarded by the University or other sources may petition the
Dean of the Graduate School for a reduction of the post-residence fee to
). Students who continue to utilize any academic service or University
60 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
facility after having completed residence, but who have failed to register,
are subject to disciplinary action by the Dean of the Graduate School. A
student who is eligible for registration on the post-residence basis may file a
program card for full-time study, in terms of courses or in terms of time or
any combination thereof, provided his department chairman approves of
the program of study as being a full-time program and signs the program
card.
Mixed Tuition Fee: In the event that a student needs to register for
only a part-time program (one-quarter, one-half, or three-quarters) in order
to complete his residence requirements, but wishes to register for additional
courses or take a fuller program of study, he shall be charged for the part-
time program needed to complete his residence, plus the post-residence fee.
Summer Tuition Fee: Brandeis University does not conduct a regular
summer school session, however, special courses of study on an individual
basis may be arranged for regular students. The tuition for graduate stu-
dents who remain in residence for special summer programs of a twelve
week duration is $500.00, and of an eight week duration, $350.00.
Late Registration Fee: $10.00. Payable for failure to complete registra-
tion at the time announced by the Graduate School Office. (Consult the
Academic Calendar.)
Change-of -Program Fee: $10.00. Payable by any graduate student who
wishes to change his program of study later than two weeks after the first
meeting of classes in each semester.
Continuation Fee: $10.00. Payable annually by graduate students who
have completed residence requirements and who are not registered during
the period in which they are preparing for the completion of degree re-
quirements. Students in this category are not eligible for leave of absence.
Master's Fee: $30.00. A candidate for the M.A. or the M.F.A. who is
subject to the Continuation Fee and who submits a Master's thesis or takes
a qualifying examination in any semester following one in which he has
not been in residence, shall pay the Master's Fee. The fee is chargeable
only once. The Continuation Fee will be applied toward payment of the
Master's Fee.
Final Doctoral Fee: $250. This fee covers all costs for the year in which
the Ph.D. degree will be conferred, including the costs for the microfilm
publication of the doctoral dissertation, the publication of the abstract of
the dissertation in Dissertation Abstracts, copyright protection for the
author if desired, issuance of a Library of Congress number and appropriate
library cards, binding two copies of the dissertation for use in the Univer
sity Library, and the Xerox-printed copies in book form for the author
J
FEES 61
The Final Doctoral Fee also covers the rental expenses for academic robes
for the candidates at graduation gnd the cost of the diploma. Students who
have been in residence in their final year may deduct any tuition charges
which they may have paid to the University in that final year. Students who
have paid the Continuation Fee in the final year may deduct that fee from
the Final Doctoral Fee.
NOTE: All candidates for the Ph.D. degree must pay the $250 Final
Doctoral Fee prior to the receipt of their degrees. A candidate may, how-
ever, elect not to contract for the Xerox publication of his dissertation,
and in lieu thereof may separately arrange for its publication either as a
book or as articles in scholarly journals within twenty-four months follow-
ing the award of the degree. On due evidence that the work has been
published or is scheduled for publication within the required time, a rebate
of $150 of the Final Doctoral Fee may be authorized.
Reinstatement Fee: $10.00. Payable by a student who, after suspension
or dismissal, has been reinstated with the consent of the Dean of the
Graduate School.
Transcript Fee: $1.00. Students, former students and graduates who
request official transcripts of their records in the Graduate School are
charged $1.00 for each copy issued after the first one, which is issued free of
charge. Requests by mail for transcripts must, be accompanied by a check
in the correct amount, payable to Brandeis University.
Diploma Fee: $10.00. Payable by candidates for the M.A. and M.F.A.
degrees.
Student Health Plan Fee: $55.00. Payment of the mandatory Health
Plan Fee entitles the graduate student to utilize the facilities of the Health
Office during the academic year and to participate in the benefits of the
Health Insurance Program. The fee is payable at registration and no por-
tion is refundable.
Waiver of Fee: A waiver of the insurance coverage only and a rebate
of $25.00 may be granted upon presentation by the student of a statement
from his insurance company, which certifies that similar coverage is in
effect. This statement must be presented at the time of registration or the
student will be included automatically under the University Student Health
Plan and will be billed $55.00. Request for such waiver should be made by
the student on the "Student Health Insurance" form mailed by the Univer-
sity with each notification of admission and readmission.
Exceptions: The University Student Health Plan is optional for special
students.
62
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Dependent Coverage: Although the health services offered at Stone-
man Infirmary are not extended to dependents of students, insurance cov-
erage is available for the following additional fees:
Dependent spouse of insured student: $52.00
One or more dependent children of insured student: 1 15.00
Special students are not eligible for coverage for dependents.
Refunds
The only fee which may be refundable, in part, is the tuition fee. No re-
fund of the tuition fee will be made because of illness, absence or dismissal
during the academic year. If a student withdraws within 30 days from the
beginning of classes, he may petition the Office of University Finance for a
partial refund of tuition. A refund may be denied without any reason for
such denial being stated.
J
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 63
Financial Assistance
To help students whose records indicate scholarly promise, the University
makes available a variety of awards and work opportunities. No student is
eligible for aid unless he files with the Graduate School Office an "Appli-
cation for Financial Assistance" by the first business day in March. In ex-
ceptional circumstances applications received from prospective students
later than this date may be given consideration. All scholarships and fellow-
ships are granted for one academic year; therefore, a registered student who
holds a scholarship or fellowship must apply for a renewal by filing the
"Application for Financial Assistance" by the first business day in March.
Applicants for Jack Cohn Memorial Science Fellowships and for
Charles Revson Science Fellowships must file their "Applications for Finan-
cial Assistance" by the first business day in February.
All awards are granted and accepted with the understanding that they
may be revoked or reduced at any time for conduct or academic standing
that may be regarded as undesirable.
No student may hold a fellowship, scholarship, or teaching assistant-
ship for more than two years of study for the M.A. degree, for more than
three years of study for the M.F.A. degree, or for more than four years of
study for the Ph.D. degree. No student may receive a scholarship, fellow-
ship, or teaching assistantship after one year of study at the post-residence
fee. Part-time students are ineligible for fellowship awards, and are not
ordinarily considered for scholarship awards. Teaching assistants who are
part-time students may apply for scholarships. Priority in making awards is
given to full-time students and teaching assistants.
Scholarships
A scholarship is an award, on grounds of scholarly ability and need, of
financial credit that may be used exclusively for remission of tuition fees.
Full scholarships in the value of $1,650 and partial scholarships are availa-
ble. Scholarship students are liable for all fees, but tuition fees in the
amount of a scholarship award shall not be charged.
Fellowships
A fellowship is an academic award of honor to outstanding students of
good character to help them in furthering advanced study and research.
Fellowships carry stipends ranging up to $2,000 in the graduate programs
in the humanities and social sciences and up to $4,000 in the graduate
science programs. The amount of the stipend depends on the quality of
64 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
the student's record and performance; need is also considered in most cases.
A fellowship recipient must pay tuition fees unless he is also awarded a
scholarship in an amount covering tuition. No services are required of
students for fellowship or scholarship awards.
Jack Cohn Memorial Science Fellowships
Jack Cohn Fellowships, established in the memory of the founder of Colum-
bia Pictures Corporation, provide full tuition and fees (excluding the
Health Insurance and Infirmary fees), and a twelve month stipend up to
$3,000 for graduate students in the life sciences.
Annual awards will be made to science applicants with outstanding
academic records and unusual promise of achievement in research con-
nected with the life sciences. Jack Cohn Fellows will be selected by the
President of the University and the Dean of the Graduate School from
nominees recommended by a committee of distinguished scientists from the
Brandeis faculty.
Special application forms are not necessary; only the regular Graduate
School application for admission and financial aid need be filed.
Charles Revson Science Fellowships
Charles Revson Fellowships, established by the founder and president of
Revlon, Inc., range in value from $12,550 to $15,550 over a three year
period of graduate study. In addition to full tuition and fees (excluding the
Health Insurance and Infirmary fees), annual stipends of $3,000 for a
twelve month tenure will be awarded to unmarried Revson Fellows and up
to $4,000 for married Fellows with children. Fellows will be appointed by
the President of the University and the Dean of the Graduate School from
nominees recommended by screening panels of outstanding scientists on
the Brandeis faculty and at other institutions. Only students of the highest
rank and greatest potential will be eligible for selection. Revson Fellow-
ships will be awarded in the following areas of graduate study: biochemis-
try, biology, biophysics, chemistry, mathematics, physics and psychology.
Normally three year appointments will be made for students beginning
graduate study, although every Fellow's performance will be evaluated
annually to determine whether his award shall be renewed. In exceptional
cases, fellowships may be renewed for a fourth year of study. Graduate
students who were not awarded Revson Fellowships at the time of matricu-
lation at Brandeis may earn appointment. All students being considered
for appointment will be interviewed. Special application forms are not
necessary; only the regular Graduate School application for admission and
financial aid need be filed.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 65
Teaching Assistantships
Teaching assistants are resident students in the Graduate School who do
part-time teaching as part of their training and are paid a stipend in
return for services rendered. The University has established teaching as-
sistantships to enable distinguished graduate students to gain teaching
experience while continuing their studies. Stipends, which vary with the
hours of teaching and degree of responsibility, may reach a maximum of
$2,750. Teaching assistants are eligible for other awards, including scholar-
ships and fellowships.
A full-time student who is a teaching assistant receives residence credit
for, and is charged tuition for, that fraction of his program spent as a
student in fulfillment of degree and residence requirements. No teaching
assistant may carry more than a one-half time teaching assignment. A one-
quarter time teaching assignment consists of about six hours of laboratory
supervision per week or three hours of classroom instruction per week, or
the equivalent. A graduate student who has not completed his residence
requirement and is assigned to a one-quarter time teaching assignment
must register for at least a three-quarter program of study for credit in
order to be considered a full-time student. A student who has not completed
his residence requirement and is assigned less than a one-quarter time
teaching assignment must register for a full-time program of study to be
considered a full-time student. A one-half time teaching assignment requires
that the student who has not completed his residence requirement must
register for a one-half time program of study for credit in order to be
considered a full-time student. Ordinarily, only graduate students who have
completed their residence requirement will be considered eligible for one-
half time teaching assignments. A student who needs to register for only a
partial program of study to complete his residence requirement and who
is assigned a teaching assistantship is regarded as a full-time student. A
teaching assistant who has completed his residence requirement may regis-
ter as a full-time student and may pursue whatever program of study and
research seems necessary and desirable, subject to the signed approval of
his department chairman, without payment of tuition fees.
First-year graduate students are eligible for appointment as teaching
assistants in the sciences. In other areas, however, first-year students are
rarely appointed. Foreign students are not normally eligible for appoint-
ment as teaching assistants in their first year of graduate work unless they
have had training at another American university.
Teaching assistantship appointments are made by the President of the
University on the recommendation of the Dean of the Graduate School
who, in turn, acts on the recommendation of a student's department chair-
66 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
man. A graduate student who is interested in being appointed as a teach-
ing assistant should write or see his chairman. Appointments are made for
periods of one year or one semester, but are renewable. All awards of
teaching assistantships to incoming students are conditioned on an inter-
view Avith a University representative, prior to registration. The University
reserves the right to terminate any appointment at any time for due cause.
Conduct, character or academic standing that is regarded as undesirable
may constitute cause, but the University need not assign any reason for the
termination of an appointment at any time. All teaching assistantship ap-
pointments are made and accepted with this understanding, and neither
the University nor any of its Trustees or officers shall be under any liability
whatsoever for the summary termination of a teaching assistantship.
In the case of a student receiving financial aid from Brandeis Uni-
versity, whether in the form of a teaching assistantship, scholarship or
fellowship, the approval of the Dean of the Graduate School is required, in
addition to the approval of the department chairman, before the student
may engage in outside employment. Approval is not normally granted in
the case of full-time students receiving financial aid from the University.
Research Assistantships
Research assistantships, which sometimes carry stipends in excess of $4,000,
are available in the science areas, though first-year graduate students are
not normally eligible for appointment. Application should be made to the
chairman of the Department or Committee administering the graduate
program.
Loan Funds
Applications for University loans may be made to the Office of University
Finance, with the prior approval of the Dean of the Graduate School.
Brandeis University participates in the National Defense Education
Act Student Loan Fund. Application for N.D.E.A. loans are made in the
same manner as University loans.
Normally, graduate students are ineligible for loan funds until they
have completed one semester in residence. Part-time and special students
are not eligible for loan funds.
Resident Counsellorships
Resident counsellorships, providing room, board and remission of tuition
are available to both men and women. Interested applicants should apply
to the Office of the Dean of Students, Gryzmish Academic Center, no later
than the first business day in March. Appointments are made by the Dean
of Students on the recommendation of the Dean of the Graduate School.
AREASOFSTUDYANDCOURSES 67
Employment
On occasion the University offers part-time employment to specially trained
persons. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of Career Planning,
Gryzmish Academic Center.
Areas of Study and Courses
All courses meet for three hours a week unless the course description
indicates otherwise. The presence of "a" in the course number indicates a
half course given in the Fall Term; "b" indicates a half course given in the
Spring Term; "aR" indicates a course given in the Spring Term, "bR,"
courses given in the Fall Term which is identical with "a" or "b" courses
of the same number given in the Fall and Spring Terms respectively; the
use of "c" after a course number indicates that the course is given as a half
course but meets throughout the year.
Half courses normally carry three credits and full courses six. Excep-
tions are noted under the individual course descriptions. Additional credits
are given for laboratory hours, as indicated in the course descriptions.
The University reserves the right to make any necessary changes in the
offerings without prior notice.
American Civilization
See History of American Civilization (page 104).
Anthropology
Objectives
The graduate program in anthropology is designed primarily to train
students at the doctoral level. The objective is to provide the student with
a broad understanding of the four major fields of anthropology, with par-
ticular stress on ethnology and social anthropology, and to prepare the
student for independent research and scholarship. Accordingly, there is a
strong emphasis on training in comparative work and fieldwork, which are
integral parts of the doctoral program.
Admission
The general requirements for admission to the Graduate School, given in
an earlier section of this catalog, apply to candidates for admission to this
area of study. Students need not have an undergraduate major in anthro-
pology or sociology-anthropology. If admitted, however, the student with-
out previous training in anthropology may be required to take additional
courses, as determined by the department, to complete his residence require-
ments. Students should have a reading knowledge of one foreign language.
68 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Faculty
Professor Robert A. Manners, Chairman: Africa. The Caribbean. Modern
cultures.
Professor Helen Codere: North America. Africa. Political systems. Method
and theory.
Associate Professor Joel M. Halpern: Eastern Europe. Southeast Asia. De-
veloping areas.
Assistant Professor George L. Cowgill: New World archaeology. Physical
anthropology. Statistics.
Assistant Professor Richard Fox: India. Markets and marketing. Immi-
grant enclaves.
Assistant Professor David Kaplan: Mexico. Economics. Method and theory.
Assistant Professor Karl Reisman: Linguistics. Caribbean. Folk literature.
Assistant Professor Marguerite Robinson: Social organization. South Asia.
Oceania.
Assistant Professor Benson Saler: Middle America. Culture and person-
ality. Primitive philosophies and religion. Formal analysis.
Assistant Professor Alex Weingrod: Social organization. Community de-
velopment. Culture change.
Degree Requirements
Master of Arts
Students are required to complete a minimum of twenty-four course credits
and to demonstrate proficiency in one foreign language and in the following
subject areas: archaeology, cultural anthropology, linguistics, statistics. All
first year students will be expected to pass a written qualifying examination
in archaeology and cultural anthropology upon completion of one year in
residence. Proficiency in the remaining subject areas may be demonstrated
by passing the required courses with a grade of "B" or better or by passing
a special qualifying examination in these areas which may be taken at the
student's option either at the end of the first or second year in residence. A
research paper based on the summer field training exercise or, for those
students who have been excused from the summer program, a paper based
on a subject chosen by the student in consultation with his adviser will be
required.
The M.A. degree will be conferred upon statisfactory completion of
these requirements. Students will be required to take for credit or audit An-
thropology 300 for at least two semesters; the choice of credit or auditing
and of timing is made by the department.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 69
Doctor of Philosophy
Admission to the Program. Students who complete the M.A. require-
ments at Brandeis at a high level will be admitted to the Ph.D. program.
Students with an M.A. in anthropology from other institutions, or with a
minimum of a full academic year of graduate course work in anthropology
from other institutions, may come to Brandeis as prospective candidates
for the Ph.D. degree. After a minimum of one semester's work, the depart-
ment may, at its discretion, grant the student transfer credit of up to one
year toward the Ph.D. residence requirements. In most instances, transfer
students will be required to meet the departmental requirements described
for the Master's program, but at the discretion of the department these
may be waived.
Program of Study. Ph.D. candidates must complete two years of resi-
dence at Brandeis, and a minimum of forty-eight hours of credits. Work
toward the M.A. at Brandeis may be counted as a part of residence, as may
work done elsewhere, as stipulated above and in the general rules of the
Graduate School. At least thirty-six course credits must be in anthropology.
Students will be required to take for credit or audit Anthropology 202 for
at least two semesters, the choice of credit or audit, timing, and number of
semesters is made by the Department.
Language Requirements. A reading knowledge of two acceptable for-
eign languages is required of all Ph.D. candidates. Proficiency in at least
one of these languages must be demonstrated in the first year of residence.
At its discretion the department may require proficiency in two languages
prior to beginning dissertation research.
Summer Training Program. Students are required to participate in a
summer field training program under the direction of a faculty member.
Students will not be admitted to the summer program until they have
passed those parts of the qualifying examination dealing with cultural
anthropology and archaeology. The materials from the field trip will be
submitted as a written report satisfactory to the department. This training
program may be waived, at the discretion of the department, if there is
evidence of satisfactory field training prior to the student's coming to
Brandeis.
Admission to Candidacy. A student is admitted to candidacy on satis-
factory completion of the following: the general qualifying examination
(where required); the summer field training session; the written report on
the summer fieldwork; an examination in at least one foreign language;
forty-eight hours of course credits; and a predoctoral examination which
may cover any aspects of anthropology and will test the scope of the stu-
dent's knowledge and his ability to integrate that knowledge.
70 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Field Work for the Dissertation. As soon as possible after qualifying
for candidacy for the Ph.D., the candidate will be expected to begin a full
year of field research, which will ordinarily form the basis of his dissertation.
Dissertation and Defense. The degree of Ph.D. will be awarded only
after successful defense of the dissertation.
Courses of Instruction
ANTHROPOLOGY 102a. Anthropological Linguistics I
Training in the recording and analysis of spoken languages. Consideration of
some major theories of language. Role of language in nature and culture.
ANTHROPOLOGY 102b. Anthropological Linguistics II ^''' ^^"'"''"
Historical relations among languages. Linguistic evidence in the study of
prehistory. Language contact. Study of speech communities and ethnography of
speaking. Semantic analysis. Expressive language, paralinguistics, kinetics, speech
surrogates. Mr. Reisman
ANTHROPOLOGY 103b. Language and Culture
Language and thought; speech differences within societies; processes of
change; expressive language and poetics; problems of translation; extension of
linguistic methods to other modes of communication. No previous training in
linguistics is necessary. Mr. Reisman
ANTHROPOLOGY 110b. Physical Anthropology
An introduction to the major fields of physical anthropology; human evolu-
tion, genetics, anatomy, and modern views of race. Mr. Cowgill
*ANTHROPOLOGY 112a. Culture and Biology
A bio-cultural exploration of population genetics and human evolution.
ANTHROPOLOGY 121a. Quantitative Techniques in Anthropology
An introduction to the use of statistics and related techniques in anthropolog-
ical research, emphasizing non-parametric methods and cross-cultural sampling.
ANTHROPOLOGY 122a. Archaeological Methods ^''' ^'"^'^'"
An introduction to archaeological methods, including field and laboratory
procedures; scientific apparatus useful in detection, dating, and analysis of prehis-
toric materials; problems in the processing and presentation of archaeological
data; and the nature of archaeological theory. Mr. Cowgill
*ANTHROPOLOGY 125a. Old World Archaeology
Development of prehistoric cultures of Eurasia, Africa and Oceania from
Pleistocene hunting and gathering cultures to the emergence of Bronze Age civili-
zation.
ANTHROPOLOGY 126b. New World Archaeology
A survey of prehistoric and early historic native cultures of North, Middle and
South America. The content and development of these cultures will be presented
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 71
both in time-space perspective and from the point of view of their relevance to
culture theory. Mr. Cowgill
ANTHROPOLOGY 127b. Origins of Early Civilizations of the World
The development of the earliest food-producing communities and the rise of
the earliest civilizations of the Old and New World, based on archaeological data.
The emphasis is comparative and theoretical. Mr. Cowgill
^ANTHROPOLOGY 128b. Civilizations of Middle America
Development of Prehispanic cultures of Middle America from the earliest
agricultural settlements through Olmec, Teotihuacan and Classic Maya to the
Aztec state.
*ANTHROPOLOGY 129a. Civilizations of South America
Development of Prehispanic cultures of the Andes from the first agricultural
settlements to the Inca Empire.
ANTHROPOLOGY 133b. Peoples and Cultures of Africa
An examination of the indigenous organization of representative African soci-
eties in their ecological and historical settings. Mr. Manners
^ANTHROPOLOGY 134b. Tribe and Nation-State in Africa
Seminar on the background and problems of independence in selected African
areas.
ANTHROPOLOGY 135a. Peoples and Cultures of India
An examination of institutions of representative Indian peoples and their
relationship to the wider Indian society. Mrs. Robinson
ANTHROPOLOGY 136b. Cultures of the Far East
China, Japan, and Korea. Problems of evolution and development in a con-
text of diverse influences. Mrs. Robinson
ANTHROPOLOGY 137a. Cultures of Southeast Asia
Survey of civilizations and tribal peoples in the area between India and
China. Emphasis on cultural interrelationships in the framework of both historical
and contemporary problems. Mr. Halpern
ANTHROPOLOGY 138b. Cultures of Eastern Europe and the Soviet Union
Social organization, religion, class structure and other topics dealing with the
various ethnic groups in Eastern Europe and the U.S.S.R., both past and present.
Agricultural, nomadic and urban societies in this area, including central Asia, will
be studied. Mr. Halpern
ANTHROPOLOGY 139b. Peoples and Cultures of the Mediterranean
A comparative analysis of contemporary rural peoples in the Mediterranean
region (Europe, North Africa, Middle East) and their relationships to urban
settings. Mr. Weingrod
ANTHROPOLOGY 141b. The American Indian
A survey of the peoples and cultures of aboriginal North America. Miss Codere
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
72 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
*ANTHROPOLOGY 142b. Peoples and Cultures of the Caribbean
History, ecology, and culture of the Circum-Caribbean from earliest European
contact to the present.
ANTHROPOLOGY 143b. Modern Cultures of Middle America
Contemporary Indian and Ladino societies. Mr. Saler
ANTHROPOLOGY 151a. Social Organization
Theories of social organization, the interrelations of social institutions, current
anthropological methods of interpretation and analysis. Mr. Weingrod
ANTHROPOLOGY 151b. Social Organization
A continuation of 151 a. This course will emphasize structural analysis. De-
signed primarily for advanced undergraduate and graduate students. Mrs. Robinson
ANTHROPOLOGY 152a. Economic Anthropology
Economic institutions of non-industrial societies. Miss Codere
*ANTHROPOLOGY 153b. Primitive Art
An introduction to art forms and their social meaning in pre-literate societies.
ANTHROPOLOGY 154a. Primitive Religion
An exploration of belief and behavior in societies of non-literate peoples with
reference to theories concerning the origins and functions of religion. Mr. Saler
ANTHROPOLOGY 155b. Culture and Personality
An examination of the relationships between sociocultural systems and indi-
vidual psychological processes with a critical evaluation of selected theories and
studies bearing on this problem. Mr. Saler
*ANTHROPOLOGY 156a. Political Anthropology
Politics, government, law, crime and warfare in primitive societies.
*ANTHROPOLOGY 157b. Cultural Evolution
The general evolution of culture and its technological bases; the adaptations
of cultures to particular natural and cultural environments.
*ANTHROPOLOGY 158b. Folk Literature
Geographical and structural analysis of forms of verbal art: proverb, myth,
folktale, etc. Discussion of their role in specific social institutions and in everyday
speech behavior. Problems of literature in colonial areas and emerging nations.
ANTHROPOLOGY 159b. Cultural Ecology
An analysis and criticism of various theories of cultural ecology, and the
application of cultural ecological concepts to specific research problems. Mr. Fox
*ANTHROPOLOGY 160a. Applied Anthropology
An examination of the theory and practice of directed social change. Case
material will be drawn from technical assistance, village development, mental
health and other programs.
*Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 73
ANTHROPOLOGY 161b. Culture and Cognition
An exploration of formal techniques utilized by anthropologists in the at-
tempt to discover and analyze systems of meaning and categorization. Mr. Saler
*ANTHROPOLOGY 162b. infra-human Sociai Beiiavior
An exploration of social behavior in phylogenetic perspective.
*ANTHROPOLOGY 163a. Community Studies in Anthropology
Seminar on problems and limitations of anthropological analysis of modern
communities. Intensive study of cases from contemporary anthropological materials.
ANTHROPOLOGY 164b. Nationality and Culture Change
Exploration of the relationship between the cultural concept of nationality
and the processes of economic development in communist and other societies.
Mr. Halpern
ANTHROPOLOGY 165a. Social Stratification in Pre-lndustrial Societies
The nature and function of inequalities of status and/or wealth, and the
relation of these factors to other aspects of the culture. Mr. Fox
*ANTHROPOLOGY 166b. Social and Cultural Change
Selected case studies and theories bearing on the problem of change in culture
and society.
ANTHROPOLOGY 167b. Modernization and Modernization Movements
A comparative analysis of programs of economic, political and social reforms.
Emphasis is placed upon national government-sponsored modernization programs,
particularly as they become articulated within local village communities. Materials
will be drawn from Asia, India, the Middle East and Latin America. Mr. Weingrod
ANTHROPOLOGY 175a. Pro-Seminar in Anthropological Method and Theory: I
Analysis of representative classics in anthropology.
Miss Codere and Mr. Reisman
ANTHROPOLOGY 175b. Pro-Seminar in Method and Theory in Cultural Anthropology: II
The development of anthropological theory, major present-day trends and
their relation to problems of research. Mr. Kaplan
Primarily for Graduate Students
ANTHROPOLOGY 205a. Comparative Agrarian Societies
Representative agrarian cultures will be dealt with in detail, with particular
emphasis on the interrelationship between the city, the rural community and the
state. Messrs. Kaplan and Weingrod
ANTHROPOLOGY 226. Readings and Research in Archaeology Mr. Cowgill
ANTHROPOLOGY 227. Readings and Research in Linguistics Mr. Reisman
ANTHROPOLOGY 228. Advanced Readings in Method and Theory Mr. Kaplan
ANTHROPOLOGY 229. Guided Comparative and Historical Research Mr. Weingrod
*Not to be given in 1965-66.
74
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
ANTHROPOLOGY 230. Readings and Research on Cultures of Hunters and Gatherers
Mr. Saler
ANTHROPOLOGY 235. Readings and Research in Oceania Mr. Fox
ANTHROPOLOGY 236. Readings and Research on East and South Asia Mrs. Robinson
ANTHROPOLOGY 237. Readings and Research in African Cultures Mr. Manners
ANTHROPOLOGY 238. Readings and Research in Southeast Asian Cultures
Mr. Halpern
ANTHROPOLOGY 239. Readings and Research in North American Indian Cultures
Miss Codere
ANTHROPOLOGY 240. Readings and Research in Cultures of the Caribbean
Mr. Reisman
ANTHROPOLOGY 241. Readings and Research on European Communities Mr. Halpem
ANTHROPOLOGY 300a and b. Graduate Seminar in Anthropology
Consideration of selected field studies.
Required of all graduate students. Mr. Reisman, 1st sem.
Mr. Manners, 2nd sem.
ANTHROPOLOGY 302. Summer Research Training
Field work for three months during the summer under the supervision of a
member of the staff. 6 credits. Mr. Manners
ANTHROPOLOGY 305. Anthropological Colloquium Sta§
ANTHROPOLOGY 400-408. Dissertation Research
Independent research for the Ph.D. degree.
400. Miss Codere 405. Mr. Reisman
401. Mr. Cowgill 406. Mrs. Robinson
402. Mr. Halpern 407. Mr. Saler
403. Mr. Kaplan 408. Mr. Weingrod
404. Mr. Manners
Biochemistry
Objectives
The graduate program in biochemistry leading to the degree of Doctor of
Philosophy is designed to equip the student with a broad understanding of
the chemistry involved in biological processes and to train him to carry out
independent original research. Although the student will be primarily
responsible for a comprehensive understanding of biochemical phenomena,
he will be encouraged to acquaint himself with the disciplines of biology
and chemistry. Research and experimental projects rather than formal
course training will be emphasized. The student will, however, be required
to register for basic biochemistry, biochemical techniques, intermediary
metabolism, and biochemistry seminars. The choice of advanced biochemis-
try courses and those of other scientific disciplines (i.e., organic chemistry,
genetics, embryology, etc.) are subject to the student's particular interests.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 75
The choice of research programs should be in areas under investigation by
the facuky; some of these fields include intermediary metabolism in normal
and also tumor tissues, enzymology, immunochemistry, radiobiology, bio-
chemical genetics, protein chemistry, plant and virus metabolism, problems
in growth and differentiation, photobiology, microbial metabolism, and
organic biochemistry.
Admission
The general requirements for admission to the Graduate School, given in
an earlier section of the catalog, apply to candidates for admission to this
area of study. Applicants for admission to the Biochemistry Department are
also required to take the Graduate Record Examination. The student's
undergraduate curriculum should include some fundamental courses in
biology and chemistry which will be subject to final staff approval.
Faculty
Professor Nathan O. Kaplan, Chairman: Intermediate metabolism. Bio-
chemical basis of chemotherapy. Anti-enzyme action. Molecular heter-
ogeneity of enzymes. Changes in structure of enzymes during adapta-
tion, differentiation, mutation, and development.
Adjunct Professor Abraham Goldin: Cancer chemotherapy. Synergistic ac-
tion of drugs. Biochemical effects of transplantable tumors.
Professor William P. Jencks: Mechanisms of reactions catalyzed by en-
zymes, coenzymes, and by chemical catalysts. Effects of salts and
denaturing agents on proteins. Mechanisms, catalysis and equilibria of
reactions of "energy-rich" compounds of importance in biochemistry
and chemistry.
Professor Lawrence Levine: Immunochemistry. Effect of antigenic confor-
mation on the antigen-anti-body reaction.
Visiting Professor William F. Loomis:' Biochemistry of differentiation and
growth with special reference to primitive animal systems. Role of
pCOo in biological systems. Relationship of hydra to single cell sys-
tems in tissue culture.
Associate Professor Robert Abeles: Mechanism of enzyme action, with par-
ticular reference to the mechanism of action of reactions involving
derivatives of Vitamin B-12 and the mechanism of isomerizations.
Associate Professor Gerald D. Fasman: Conformation of biological macro-
molecules. Protein models, synthesis, conformational studies and bio-
logical properties of polyamino acids. Polyribonucleic acids conforma-
tional studies.
76 BRANDEISUNIVERSITY
Associate Professor Lawrence Grossman: Nucleic acid metabolism in nor-
mal, tumor and virus-infected cells. Problems in biochemical replica-
tion. Action of pyrimidine analogs in chemotherapy.
Associate Professor Mary Ellen Jones: Biosynthetic mechanisms. Role of
carbamyl phosphate in microbial and mammalian systems. Metabolic
pathways in differentiation.
Associate Professor John M. Lowenstein: Metabolic regulation of carbohy-
drate utilization and fat synthesis. The interaction of metabolic path-
ways. Enzymatic and non-enzymatic reactions of nucleoside triphos-
phates.
Adjunct Associate Professor Farahe Maloof: Biochemical pharmacology.
Biochemistry of the thyroid. Effects of I^^^ irradiation on thyroid tissue.
Associate Professor Gordon H. Sato: Specialized function of cultured mam-
malian cells.
Associate Professor Morris Soodak: Aspects of the metabolism of the thy-
roid gland. Mechanism of iodination and the mode of action of the
goitrogenic drugs are being investigated in cell-free preparations of
thyroid tissues.
Associate Professor Helen Van Vunakis: Protein structure of enzymes and
viruses. Mechanisms of viral infectivity. Photodynamic action of dyes
on nucleic acids. Conversion of zymogens to enzymes.
Assistant Professor Thomas C. Hollocher, Jr.: Free radicals in biological
systems. Study of model free radical systems related to enzyme reactions.
Biological oxidation. Nuclear magnetic resonance.
Assistant Professor William T. Murakami: Biochemistry of virus infection.
Metabolism of virus-infected cells. Purification and characterization
of animal viruses.
Degree Requirements
Doctor of Philosophy
Program of Study. Each doctoral candidate must satisfactorily com-
plete the following fundamental courses: advanced biochemistry, biochemi-
cal techniques, history of biochemistry, physical biochemistry and radio-
biology, biochemical research problems, and at least four of the biochemis-
try seminars.
Language Requirements. A reading knowledge of French and German
is required. One of the language requirements must be satisfactorily com-
pleted prior to the oral qualifying examination. The second language
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 77
requirement must be satisfactorily completed before the end of the second
year of study.
Qualifying and Cumulative Examination. An oral qualifying exami-
nation must be taken, generally at the end of the first year. In this exami-
nation, the student will be asked to defend or refute two propositions. One
proposition will be related to the research he selects for his dissertation and
the second will be an assigned proposition concerned with a different area
of biochemistry.
A series of one-hour cumulative examinations will be given every
month and the student is required to pass six such examinations before he
may present his dissertation.
Admission to Candidacy. The qualifying examination must be passed
at a level satisfactory for this degree. Admission to candidacy usually takes
place at the end of the second year of study.
Dissertation and Defense. A dissertation will be required which sum-
marizes the results of an original investigation of an approved subject and
demonstrates the competence of the candidate in independent research. A
final oral examination based on the dissertation will be held.
Courses of Instruction
BIOCHEMISTRY 100a. Introductory Biochemistry
Chemistry and metabolism of compounds of biological importance, introduc-
tion to enzyme reactions, energy metabolism, cellular function and differentiation.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 25a and b. Messrs. Kaplan, Loomis and Soodak
BIOCHEMISTRY 101. Advanced Biochemistry
A discussion of enzyme reactions including energetics, kinetics, and reaction
mechanism. Metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, nucleic acids, vita-
mins and coenzymes, hormones and inorganic substances. Coupled enzyme reac-
tions, such as oxidative phosphorylation, and the synthesis of macromolecules such
as glycogen, protein and the nucleic acids.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 25a and b, Biochemistry 100a or their equivalent.
Some background in elementary physical chemistry is recommended but not re-
quired. Miss Jones and Staff
BIOCHEMISTRY 103. History of Biochemistry
A discussion of significant discoveries which have led to present-day concepts
of biochemistry.
Prerequisite: Biochemistry 100a. Mr. Kaplan and Staff
BIOCHEMISTRY 200a and b. Biochemistry Techniques
Students registered for this course will participate for a period of approxi-
mately one month in several research programs being conducted by the staff
members.
Prerequisite: Biochemistry 100a (may be taken concurrently) and consent of
the department. Mr. Levine and Staff
78 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
BIOCHEMISTRY 201. Physical Biochemistry and Radiobiology
Kinetics of enzyme reactions; measurement of free energy, heat and entropy
values in biological systems; transition state theor)'; elements of data analysis;
problems in physical techniques; isotope techniques and radiation effects.
Prerequisite: Biochemistry 100a''(may be taken concurrently).
Mr. Hollocher and Staff
^BIOCHEMISTRY 202b. Chemistry of Enzyme-Catalyzed Reactions
A discussion of the chemistry of certain enzyme-catalyzed reactions compared
to the corresponding uncatalyzed or chemically catalyzed reactions. Some consider-
ation of the mechanisms through which enzymes may exert their catalytic effects.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 131 and Biochemistry 100a, or equivalent, taken
previously or concurrently.
^BIOCHEMISTRY 203a. Metabolic Regulation
Regulation of rates of enzyme reactions, regulation of enzyme levels, rate
determining steps in metabolic pathways, control phenomena such as the Pasteur
effect and the regulation of fat synthesis.
BIOCHEMISTRY 204b. Metabolism in Relation to Function
This course is to introduce the student to physiology. Circulation, digestion,
excretion, excitation and homeostatic control mechanisms will be discussed. Where
possible, physiological function will be related to cellular metabolism.
Prerequisite: Biochemistry 100a. Mrs. Leeman and Messrs. Dawson and Maloof
*BIOCHEMISTRY 205a. Biochemical Genetics
Recent advances in the chemistry of inheritance will be discussed with empha-
sis on recombination, transformation and transduction phenomena in micro-
organisms. The problem of gene function, and enzyme formation and function,
will be considered together with the contribution of microbial and animal mutants
to the study of metabolic pathways.
Prerequisite: Biochemistry 100a (may be taken concurrently).
^BIOCHEMISTRY 206a. The Nucleic Acids
Chemical and physical properties of the nucleic acids and monomeric units
will be examined. Current chemical and enzymatic polymerization pathways and
the biochemical roles of nucleic acids in protein synthesis, virus replication and
genetic coding will be discussed.
Prerequisite: Biochemistry 100a, 101a and b.
BIOCHEMISTRY 207b. Immunochemistry
Mode and mechanism of antigen-antibody interaction; application of im-
munochemical methods to the estimation and characterization of proteins, polysac-
charides, nucleic acids and natural proteins with biological activity such as enzymes
and hormones. Mr. Levine
*BIOCHEMISTRY 208a. Comparative Biochemistry
Differences in metabolites, metabolic intermediates, enzymes and cofactors in
the various species of plants and animals will be presented. Particular attention
will be given to the genesis of the more important biosynthetic and metabolic
*Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 79
process in the evolutionary scale. Phylogenetic variations will be related, where
possible, to the environmental requirements of the organism.
Prerequisite: Biochemistry 100a.
*BIOCHEMISTRY 209b. Physiology of the Mammalian Cell
Factors influencing the growth, multiplication and metabolism of animal cells
grown from single cell isolations will be presented. Genetic aspects of these cells
will be discussed. Studies will be summarized on the infection of these cells by
animal viruses from both genetic and biochemical viewpoints.
Prerequisite: Biochemistry 100a.
BIOCHEMISTRY 210a. Protein Chemistry
The following will be discussed: chemical and physical properties of proteins,
peptides, and amino acids; methods of determination of molecular weight, purity,
and structure and isolation techniques.
Prerequisite: Biochemistry 100a and one year of physical chemistry.
Miss Van Vunakis and Mr. Fasman
*BIOCHEMISTRY 212a. Neurochemistry
The special chemistry and biochemistry of nervous tissue, both central and
peripheral, will be discussed. Carbohydrate, lipid, protein, and nucleic acid
metabolism of nervous tissue; nerve conduction; vision; the effects of neurotopic
agents on the enzymatic mechanisms of the brain will be presented.
Prerequisite: Biochemistry 100a (may be taken concurrently).
*BIOCHEMISTRY 214a. Biochemistry of Viruses
The course will deal with animal, plant, insect and bacterial viruses with
emphasis on biochemical mechanisms of virus DNA replication and protein
synthesis. Physical, chemical, immunochemical and genetic characterization of
viruses and virus conlponents will be discussed, as will the biochemistry of the
mammalian tissue cells that support the growth of animal viruses.
Prerequisite: Biochemistry 100a (may be taken concurrently).
Seminars
One or two seminars will be given each semester. Each student will present an
oral and written report on one aspect of the following topics:
*B10CHEMISTRY 215a. Structure and Functional Specificity of Macromolecules
BIOCHEMISTRY 216a. Biochemical Aspects of Differentiation and Growth
*nm/Mtr»/.ioxnv on m i • a -j Messrs. Loomis and Sato
*BIOCHEMISTRY 217a. Nucleic Acids
*BIOCHEMISTRY 218a. Biochemical Studies with Mammalian Viruses and Cultured Cells
BIOCHEMISTRY 219b. Selected Topics on Enzyme Action Messrs. Abeles and jencks
*BIOCHEMISTRY 220a. Biochemical Basis of Chemotherapy
*BIOCHEMISTRY 221b. Biochemical Processes Involving Hemes
BIOCHEMISTRY 222a. Oxidative Phosphorylation Messrs. Hollocher ayid Kaplan
*BIOCHEMISTRY 223a. Structure, Metabolism, and Function of Hormones
*BIOCHEMISTRY 225a. Biochemical Genetics
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
80 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
BIOCHEMISTRY 400-413. Biochemical Research Problems
Independent research for the Ph.D. degree.
400.
Mr. Kaplan
401.
Mr. Jencks
402.
Mr. Levine
403.
Mr. Loomis
404.
Mr. Abeles
405.
Mr. Fasman
406.
Miss Jones
407.
Mr. Lowenstein
408.
Mr. M aloof
409.
Mr. Sato
410.
Mr. Soodak
411.
Miss Van Vunakis
412.
Mr. Hollocher
413.
Mr. Murakami
Journal Club, Colloquia, and Research Clubs
In addition to the formal courses announced above, all graduate students
are encouraged to participate in the department's Journal Club and col-
loquia. The Journal Club is an informal meeting of the students, staff and
post-doctoral fellows, where recent publications are discussed. Colloquia
are general meetings of the department in which both speakers from the
department and guest speakers will present their current investigations.
Research clubs are organized by various research groups of the department.
Biology
Objectives
The graduate program in biology is designed to give the student an under-
standing of the fundamental nature of living processes, and to train him to
undertake original research.
The department rarely admits a graduate student who desires a Mas-
ter's degree. Such candidates may, however, be admitted at the discretion
of the faculty as exceptional cases. A Master of Arts degree may be granted
on completion of a designated program to be arrived at after consultation
with the graduate adviser.
Admission
The general requirements for admission to the Graduate School, given in
an earlier section of this catalog, apply to candidates for admission to this
area of study. The student's undergraduate record should ordinarily include
courses equivalent to those required of undergraduates concentrating in
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 81
biology at this institution. These are: general biology, genetics, cell physi-
ology, developmental biology, and at least two additional elective courses.
Students who are deficient in some of these subjects, but whose records are
otherwise superior, may make up their deficiencies while they are enrolled
as graduate students. In exceptional cases, students may be excused from
some of these requirements. Students with serious deficiencies must, how-
ever, expect to add additional time to their graduate program in order to
satisfy the deficiencies.
It is strongly recommended that applicants take the Graduate Record
Examination.
On being admitted to the Biology Department, each graduate student
will report to the temporary graduate student adviser who will assist the
student with his formal entry into the department and later with his pro-
gram.
An important part of graduate training consists of laboratory experi-
ence. Since the summer months provide an opportunity for such work, un-
broken by courses and other responsibilities, it is customary for graduate
students to spend their summers doing research. In recognition of this, the
Biology Department provides summer stipends for its full-time graduate
students.
Faculty
Professor Martin Gibbs, Chairman: Photosynthesis and plant physiology.
Professor Herman T. Epstein: Radiation biology. Virus genetics.
Professor Albert Kelner: Genetics. Microbial genetics. Radiation biology.
Professor Maurice Sussman: Microbiology. Cellular differentiation. Mi-
crobial genetics.
Professor Edgar Zwilling: Vertebrate development. Tissue interactions.
Associate Professor Jerome A. Schiff: Plant biochemistry and physiology.
Intracellular development. Sulphur metabolism.
Assistant Professor Chandler Fulton: Invertebrate development. Cellular
differentiation.
Assistant Professor Attila O. Klein: Plant physiology and metabolism.
Assistant Professor Gjerding Olsen: Animal physiology. Endocrinology.
Assistant Professor Henry E. Schaffer: Population genetics.
Assistant Professor Miriam F. Schurin: Biochemical cytology. Cytogenetics.
Assistant Professor Philip A. St. John: Invertebrate physiology. Regenera-
tion in invertebrates.
82 BRANDEISUNIVERSITY
Degree Requirements
Master of Arts
Program of Study. The program leading to the M.A. degree in biology
focuses primarily on the research capability of the student. Specifically,
the primary requirement for the degree is the completion of a thesis based
on original laboratory work which is acceptable to the department. In
general, the preparation for an original research problem will necessitate
the enrollment of a student in course work. The specific number and types
of courses will vary, depending on the ultimate research problem, and will
be prescribed by the department. The candidate must, however, complete
the equivalent of one full year of graduate study at Brandeis University,
ordinarily computed at a minimum of twenty-four semester hours of ap-
proved study.
By the end of the first year, each graduate student will choose a specific
field of interest and will apply to the chairman of the department for a
permanent adviser to be assigned by the department. This adviser will serve
as the chairman of a committee of at least three departmental staff mem-
bers, which will advise the student on courses to be taken and guide him
throughout the thesis problem.
The thesis requirement may be waived under exceptional circum-
stances and only with the approval of the department staff.
Layiguage requirements. All candidates are required to demonstrate a
reading knowledge of French or German, or another foreign language ac-
ceptable to the department. An examination demonstrating reading ability
in the foreign language must be taken prior to the completion of thesis
work.
Qualifying Examiitation. At the discretion of the student's advisory
committee, a qualifying or comprehensive examination may be required.
Doctor of Philosophy
Program of Study. All students will be expected to obtain a knowledge
of the principles and techniques of the areas of genetics, morphology,
physiology and development before taking the qualifying examination.
The background a student is expected to have in these areas is equivalent
to the course contents of Biology 101a, 101b, 102a, 103b, 104b, and Bio-
chemistry 100a, 101. The student will be expected also to have additional
background in his area of specialization as well as experience in seminar and
research courses to be designated.
AREASOFSTUDYANDCOURSES 83
Each student will choose his specific field of interest and will apply to
the chairman of the department for a permanent adviser to be assigned by
the department before the end of the second year. The adviser will assist
the student in planning a well-balanced program in his specific field of
interest. In addition, the adviser will ordinarily serve as the chairman of
the student's proposition committee, proposition examining committee and
dissertation examining committee.
Language requirement. A reading knowledge of French and German,
or another language acceptable to the department, is required. At least one
of these requirements must be met before the student completes the first
year of graduate study and before he is admitted to candidacy.
Qualifying Examination. Ordinarily this examination will be taken
on the recommendation of the student's adviser and should be completed
before active dissertation work is initiated. The student's major adviser
will appoint two other faculty members to serve as the student's proposition
committee. The student will submit seven propositions encompassing the
four core areas with no more than two propositions in any one area. Each
proposition should be a proposal or hypothesis subject to debate. The
proper form in which the propositions are to be submitted will be desig-
nated by the department. (See department secretary for suggested format
and instructions.) The student will be examined orally on at least three of
the seven acceptable propositions by the three members of the propositions
committee plus two additional faculty members.
Admission to Candidacy. To be admitted to candidacy, the student
must have (a) passed at least one foreign language examination, (b) passed
the qualifying examination, (c) shown a capacity for independent research,
(d) been accepted by a graduate adviser.
Dissertation. Each student will conduct an original investigation. It is
strongly recommended that the dissertation research he deferred until the
student has fulfilled requirements for admission to candidacy. With the
approval of the student's adviser, however, research courses may be elected
at any time. After admission to candidacy, a dissertation committee will be
appointed by the chairman of the department. It will consist of at least
three staff members headed by the student's permanent adviser. This com-
mittee must approve the candidate's subject of research, will guide his
research activities toward the doctoral dissertation and, in addition, will
read and evaluate the completed dissertation. After submission of the dis-
sertation, the candidate will be expected to present the principal results of
his work and its significance during an examination in defense of the
dissertation.
84 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Courses of Instruction
*BIOLOGY 101a. General and Comparative Physiology of Animals
After an introduction to acquaint students with current experimental findings
using animal cells and tissues, the course will turn to an intensive comparison of
physiological processes operating in both invertebrates and vertebrates. Particular
emphasis will be placed on co-ordinating and integrating mechanisms.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 25, Biology 31b (may be taken concurrently).
Three classroom and three laboratory hours a week. 4 credits.
Laboratory fee: $15.
*BIOLOGY 101b. Comparative Physiology of Plants
A discussion of those areas of physiology and biochemistry to which plants lend
themselves as experimental objects. Conspicuous examples are photosynthesis,
photomorphogenesis, nitrogen fixation, and the biosynthesis of natural products
such as anthocyanins, flavonoids, isoprenoids, phenols, terpenes, etc.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 25, Biology 31b (may be taken concurrently).
Three classroom hours a week. 3 credits.
BIOLOGY 103b. Physical Basis of Cell Function
Implications of the physical parameters of cellular organization in the bio-
chemical activities of cells. Starting from the properties of elements and water,
there will be an examination of the interrelations of structure and function at the
levels of (1) metabolic geography, (2) cellular activity, and (3) genetic control.
Prerequisites: Biology 30a, 31b; Physics 10 or 11; Chemistry 10 and 25.
Three classroom hours a week. 3 credits. Mrs. Schurin
*BIOLOGY 105b. Invertebrate Physiology
This course will deal with a comparative study of the physiology of receptor-
effector and regulatory systems in the invertebrate animals. Nervous, digestive,
endocrine, muscle, osmoregulatory, respiratory and circulatory functions will be
considered.
Prerequisites: Biology 21a and Chemistry 25.
Two lectures and six laboratory hours per week. 4 credits.
Laboratory fee: $15.
BIOLOGY 106b. Developmental Plant Biology
The physiology and biochemistry of morphogenetic events in the life cycle of
higher plants. Differentiation and growth of organs examined in terms of changing
metabolic patterns. Results of modern experimental approaches such as cell, tissue
and organ culture and radiation studies will be evaluated.
Prerequisites: Biology 31b (may be taken concurrently). Biology 10 and 11.
Three classroom and three laboratory hours a week. 4 credits.
Laboratory fee: $15. Mr. Klein
BIOLOGY Ilia. Microbial Genetics
Fundamental principle of genetics as exemplified by modern research with
microorganisms. Some informal laboratory experiments may be included.
Prerequisites: Genetics 30a, or its equivalent; some background in microbi-
ology equivalent to Biology 32a is advisable, but not required.
Three classroom hours a week. 3 credits. Mr. Kelner
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREASOFSTUDYANDCOURSES 85
*BIOLOGY 120b. Advanced Microbiology
Enrichment and isolation o£ representative bacteria. Discussion of the biology
of these forms.
Prerequisites: Biology 31b, 32a; Chemistry 25.
Two classroom hours, four laboratory hours a week. 4 credits.
Laboratory fee: $15.
*BIOLOGY 124a. Virology
Biology of plant, animal and bacterial viruses.
Prerequisites: Biology 32a or the equivalent.
Three classroom hours.
BIOLOGY 131a. Problems in Animal Morphogenesis
A discussion of problems concerning mechanisms of development of multicel-
lular animals. The classical experiments of embryology will be re-evaluated in
light of recent advances made with modern approaches.
Three classroom hours. Laboratory to be arranged. 4 credits.
Laboratory fee: $15. Mr. Zwilling
BIOLOGY 141b. Physical Biology
Physical methods; treatment of experimental data; physical aspects of vision
and hearing; introduction to radiobiology and theoretical biology; forces involved
in biological events.
Prerequisite: Satisfactory grades in full year courses in biology, chemistry,
mathematics, and physics.
Three classroom hours. Mr. Epstein
*BIOLOGY 145b. Optical Methods in Biology
Theory of image formation and resolution; lens aberrations; phase contrast,
interference, polarization, X-ray and electron microscopy; optical rotation; spec-
trophotometry and related techniques; review of X-ray diffraction methods.
Prerequisite: Elementary work in physics, mathematics and biology.
Two hours of lecture and one of demonstration per week. 3 credits.
BIOLOGY 150 or 150a and b. Physical and Mathematical Bases of Molecular Biology
The application of principles of physics, physical chemistry and mathematics
to problems of biological interest including thermodynamics, kinetics, photo-
chemistry, radiochemistry, statistics and related numerical methods.
Prerequisites: Mathematics through calculus, some acquaintance with physics
and physical chemistry. Students are advised to consult the instructor regarding
prerequisites.
Three classroom hours each semester. 3 credits each semester.
*BI0LOGY 200b. Comparative Physiology ""'• ^f"'"" '"" '"■"
The physiological and biochemical distinctions among living organisms will
be presented and the origins of these differences will be discussed from the view-
point of biochemical evolution. An attempt will be made to define basic metabolic
processes common to all organisms as well as the evolution of special pathways in
certain groups.
Three classroom hours.
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
86 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
BIOLOGY 202a. Gene Structure and Function
The development of the gene concept. Contemporary investigations of the
nature of genetic material and its involvement in cell structure and function.
Prerequisite: Biology 30a.
Three classroom hours. 3 credits. Mr. Fulton
BIOLOGY 204b. The Cellular Basis of Development
Phenomic variation and interaction at the cellular level will be considered.
Developmental events in microbial cultures, morphogenetically complex Protista,
Matazoa and Metaphyta will be analyzed in terms of the cellular mechanisms
involved.
Three classroom hours. 3 credits. Mr. Sussinan
*BIOLOGY 212a. Cytogenetics
Correlation of genetic data with chromosomal aberration. Study of classical
methods and recent findings.
Prerequisites: Biology 102a and 103b.
Three classroom hours. Laboratory to be arranged. 4 credits.
Laboratory fee: |10.
*BIOLOGY 214b. Experimental Methods in Microbial Genetics
Introduction to the study of microbial variations, including spontaneous and
induced mutations; recombination, transduction and other phenomena, using
bacteria and bacterial viruses.
Laboratory hours to be arranged.
Laboratory fee: $20.
*BIOLOGY 222b. Microbial Metabolism
Nutrition and intermediary metabolism or microorganisms.
Prerequisite: Biochemistry 100a or the equivalent.
Three classroom hours.
*BIOLOGY 223b. Experimental Methods in Microbial Metabolism
An introduction to specialized techniques as applied to the study of microbial
metabolism, including manometry, chromatography, spectrophotometry, tracer
techniques, etc.
Laboratory hours to be arranged.
Laboratory fee: $20.
BIOLOGY 245a. Selected Topics in Plant Metabolism
Three classroom hours a week. 2 credits. Mr. Schiff
BIOLOGY 245b. Selected Topics in Plant Metabolism
Three classroom hours a week. 2 credits. Mr. Gihbs
BIOLOGY 400. Research in Genetics and Microbiology
Laborator)' hours and credits to be arranged.
Laboratory fee: $25. Mr. Epstein
BIOLOGY 401. Research in Genetics and Microbiology
Laboratory hours and credits to be arranged.
Laboratory fee: $25. Mr. Kelner
*Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES
87
*BIOLOGY 402. Research in Microbiology and Physiology
Laboratory hours and credits to be arranged.
Laboratory fee: S25.
BIOLOGY 403. Research in Genetics and Cytology
Laboratory hours and credits to be arranged.
Laboratory fee: $25.
BIOLOGY 404. Research in Physiology
Laboratory hours and credits to be arranged.
Laboratory fee: $25.
BIOLOGY 405. Research in Invertebrate Development
Laboratory hours and credits to be arranged.
Laboratory fee: $25.
BIOLOGY 406. Research in Plant Physiology
Laboratory hours and credits to be arranged.
Laboratory fee: $25.
*BIOLOGY 407. Research in Invertebrate Physiology
Laboratory hours and credits to be arranged.
Laboratory fee: $25.
BIOLOGY 408. Research in Differentiation and Genetics
Laboratory hours and credits to be arranged.
Laboratory fee: $25.
BIOLOGY 409. Research in Vertebrate Development
Laboratory hours and credits to be arranged.
Laboratory fee: $25.
BIOLOGY 410. Research in Plant Physiology
Laboratory hours and credits to be arranged.
Laboratory fee: $25.
*BIOLOGY 411. Research in Electron IVlicroscopy
Laboratory hours and credits to be arranged.
Laboratory fee: $25.
Biology 412. Research in Plant Metabolism
Laboratory hours and credits to be arranged.
Laboratory fee: $25.
Mrs. Schurin
Mr. Olsen
Mr. Fulton
Mr. Schiff
Mr. Suss7nan
Mr. Ziuilling
Mr. A. O. Klein
Mr. Gibbs
Biology Journal Clubs
There will be a number of informal Journal Clubs which will deal with
various topics of concern to the various specialties. These will meet regu-
larly under the auspices of staff members. Students, depending upon their
individual needs, may be required to attend.
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Biophysics
Objectives
The interdepartmental graduate program in biophysics, leading to the
degree of Doctor of Philosophy, is designed to give the student a broad
understanding of the physico-chemical nature of living processes and to
train him to carry out independent research. In addition to basic courses in
cellular biology, the student will be expected to obtain a broad background
in the supporting disciplines of biochemistry, biology, chemistry, physics,
and mathematics. After completion of this program, the student's remain-
ing course work will be in an area of biophysics in which a faculty member
is doing research. Some areas in which research is now being actively pur-
sued are photobiology, radiobiology, virus reproduction and muscle con-
traction.
Admission
The general requirements for admission to the Graduate School, given in
an earlier section of this catalog, apply to applicants for admission to this
area of study. Applicants are also required to take the Graduate Record
Examination. The student's undergraduate program should, ideally, in-
clude organic and physical chemistry, atomic and nuclear physics, differ-
ential equations, and courses in cellular biology. Inasmuch as most students
will be deficient in some respects, it is expected that deficiencies may be
made up by taking the appropriate courses while in Graduate School. If a
petition is approved, the successful completion of some of these courses may
be credited as part of the graduate program. On being admitted to study in
biophysics, the student will be assigned to a member of the Biophysics
Committee, who will advise the student on a program of courses. This pro-
gram should be submitted for approval to the committee by the beginning
of the second term of residence.
Faculty
Professor Herman T. Epstein, Chairman; Professors Nathan O. Kaplan
(Biochemistry), Albert Kelner (Biology); Assistant Professors Thomas
C. HoLLOCHER, Jr. (Biochemistry), Daniel J. Kleitman (Physics), Ken-
neth KusTiN (Chemistry).
Degree Requirements
Doctor of Philosophy
Program of Study. The following are five areas in which competency
at more than a minimal level is expected of a candidate for a Ph.D. in
Biophysics:
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 89
1. Biology— competency to include at least one area of biology in which
the candidate could be presumed to be capable of doing independent work.
2. Modern physics through the basic ideas of quantum mechanics.
3. Physical chemistry including thermodynamics.
4. Biochemistry.
5. Mathematics through elementary differential equations.
Language Requirements. A reading knowledge of German and French
is required. Russian may be substituted for one of these languages if the
advisory committee determines that it is useful for a student in his particu-
lar field of research.
Qualifying Examination. A student should have completed the pro-
gram of study not later than the end of his second year in residence so that
he may be able to take a qualifying examination covering this material.
Dissertation and Defense. Upon passing this examination, the student
will select a dissertation supervisor and formally initiate research and course
study in the research area of his supervisor. An additional twelve credits are
to be taken from among the courses listed above or from other graduate
courses and seminars as approved by the student's advisory committee.
This committee will be appointed by the dissertation supervisor, subject to
the approval of the Biophysics Committee. When the student and the dis-
sertation supervisor have agreed on the research project, a brief description
of the project must be filed with each of the members of the advisory com-
mittee.
After completing the research and the dissertation, the candidate will
present and discuss the results and significance of his work during an
examination in defense of his dissertation.
Courses of Instruction
BIOPHYSICS 300a and b. Biophysical Techniques
All entering students normally register for this course and will thereby par-
ticipate for periods of about six weeks in the research programs of each of the six
to eight staff members. Staff
Chemistry
Objectives
The graduate program in chemistry is designed to lead to a broad under-
standing of this subject. All students will be required to demonstrate
knowledge in advanced modern areas of inorganic, organic and physical
chemistry. They will be required also to demonstrate proficiency in selected
experimental techniques which are used in chemical research. Advanced
90 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
courses are offered, satisfactory completion of which will constitute partial
fulfillment of these requirements. Members of the chemistry staff are cur-
rently investigating mechanisms of organic reactions, chemistry of free
radicals, stereochemistry and molecular geometry, chemistry of organophos-
phorus compounds, chemotherapy, mechanisms of enzyme reactions, struc-
ture and biogenesis of natural products, chemical kinetics of elementary
reactions, statistical theory of atomic and molecidar structure, properties of
non-aqueous solutions, photochemistry, mechanisms of photosynthesis,
ultra-fast proton transfer steps in acid base reactions; dispersion forces
between adjacent molecules in liquids; lifetimes of hydrogen-bonded com-
plexes in solution, solid state chemistry, electron paramagnetic resonance,
rapid reactions by relaxation spectrometry, structure of organic and inor-
ganic compounds by X-ray diffraction, kinetics of reactions in the gas
phase.
To avoid excessive specialization, related advanced work in mathe-
matics, physics, and biology may be offered to fulfill degree requirements.
Admission
The general requirements for admission to the Graduate School, given in
an earlier section of this catalog, apply to candidates for admission to this
area of study. In addition, the undergraduate curriculum of applicants
should include courses in physics and mathematics (differential and inte-
gral calculus), and courses in general, analytical, organic and physical
chemistry.
Admission to advanced courses will be based upon results of a qualify-
ing examination in each of these areas of chemistry, which will be taken
upon entrance. These examinations will determine whether the student
will be required to make up deficiencies in preparation. The qualifying
examinations will be given three times a year; (1) during the two-week
period ending with the first week of the Fall Term, (2) in February, and
(3) in April. The results of the qualifying examinations will be considered
in the assignment of awards for the subsequent years of graduate study.
Faculty
Professor Saul G. Cohen, Chairman: Chemistry of free radicals; organic
photochemistry; stereospecificity and mechanism of reactions of en-
zymes.
Adjunct Professor Orrie M. Friedman: Biorganic chemistry; degradation
studies of DNA; organic phosphorus cdmpounds; synthesis of anti-tumor
agents.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 91
Professor Sidney Golden: Quantum statistical theory of chemical kinet-
ics; many body problems and atomic and molecular structure; statisti-
cal mechanics of ion solvation.
Professor Ernest M. Grunwald: Ultra-fast proton transfer steps in acid
base reactions; dispersion forces between adjacent molecules in liquids;
life-times of hydrogen-bonded complexes in solution.
Professor Henry Linschitz: Reactions of excited molecules; stabiliza-
tion of free radicals; photo-ionization in solution and properties of
solvated electrons; physical mechanisms of photosynthesis and vision.
Associate Professor Paul B. Dorain: Electron paramagnetic resonance
studies on metastable oxidation states; exchange interactions in crystals;
crystal field splittings in actinides.
Associate Professor James B. Hendrickson: Chemistry of natural products,
particularly alkaloids and sesquiterpenes; chemical plant phylogeny;
stereochemistry and molecular geometry.
*Associate Professor Myron Rosenblum: Reaction mechanisms; thermally
induced rearrangements; the chemistry of ferrocene and related com-
pounds.
** Associate Professor Robert Stevenson: Isolation and structure of natural
products; lignan synthesis; molecular rearrangements in triterpenoids
and steroids.
Associate Professor Thomas R. Tuttle, Jr.: Electron distribution in ion
radicals by electron spin-resonance; molecular motions in solutions;
properties of metal solutions in ammonia and other solvents.
Assistant Professor Robert F. Hutton: Chemical models for enzymatic
reactions; nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy.
Assistant Professor Peter C. Jordan: Irreversible statistical mechanics
and quantum chemistry.
Assistant Professor Kenneth Kustin, (Graduate Student Adviser): Study
of fast reactions in solution by relaxation techniques; mechanisms of
inorganic reactions; enzyme kinetics.
Assistant Professor Thomas N. Margulis: Structure of organic and inor-
ganic compounds by X-ray diffraction.
Assistant Professor Colin Steel: Chemistry of excited molecules and
radicals; the kinetics and mechanisms of photochemical and thermal
reactions.
Degree Requirements
Master of Arts
Qualifying Examinations. The qualifying examinations must be passed
by the end of the first year of graduate study.
*On Leave, 1965-66
•*On Leave, Fall Term.
92 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Program of Study. Each candidate for the Master's degree is required
to complete satisfactorily:
1. Not less than eighteen ^semester hours of lecture course work in
inorganic, organic and physical chemistry. Graduate courses in related fields
may be offered to fulfill the chemistry requirements on petition to the
department. The petition must be approved prior to registration for such
courses.
2. Six semester hours of advanced laboratory work. This requirement
may be met by graduate credit in laboratory work in courses numbered
over 100.
3. Chemistry 130a— Introduction to Organic Research or Chemistry
110b— Analytical Chemistry may be offered in partial fulfillment of lecture
course requirements or of laboratory course requirements for the M.A. de-
gree.
Residence Requirement. The minimum residence requirement for this
degree is one year. While generally this will be fulfilled in two semesters
and one summer, it may in certain instances be met in two semesters.
Language Requirements. A reading knowledge of German and an
elementary knowledge of French or Russian is required.
Doctor of Philosophy
Program of Study. Each candidate for the Doctor's degree is required
to complete satisfactorily:
1. The qualifying examinations which must be passed at a level satis-
factory for this degree by the end of the first year of graduate study.
2. The program of study described for the degree of Master of Arts in
Chemistry, or its equivalent.
3. Not less than nine additional semester hours of lecture course work
in Chemistry selected from those in the 200 series.
4. Final examinations. After a student has been admitted to the Ph.D.
program he begins to take final examinations, normally in the second year
of graduate study, in his major field, organic or physical chemistry. In
organic chemistry these examinations are administered twice a year, at the
end of each semester, and are based on assigned readings. Students must
pass three of these examinations and must maintain satisfactory progress
toward this end. In physical chemistry, generally during the third semester
of graduate work, the student is assigned a set of four propositions. On one
proposition a three-hour examination is written and on the remaining
three propositions the student is examined orally for a two-hour period by
faculty members. The student is graded on his overall performance on both
parts, i.e., written and oral, of the examination.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 93
Residence Requirements. The minimum residence requirement for
this degree is two years. Ordinarily, three years of full-time study will be
necessary for the completion of the course work and the preparation of an
acceptable thesis.
Language Requirements. A reading knowledge of German and either
French or Russian is required.
Admission to Candidacy. The student may be recommended for ad-
mission to candidacy upon the recommendation of his dissertation adviser,
and the completion of the following requirements: the qualifying exami-
nations, twenty-one hours of graduate lecture course credit, the language
examinations and one final examination.
Dissertation and Defense. A thesis is required which summarizes the
results of an original investigation and which demonstrates the competence
of the candidate in independent investigation, critical ability, and effective-
ness of expression. The topic of the thesis must receive approval of the
department. An oral defense of the dissertation will be held.
Courses of Instruction
CHEMISTRY llObR. Analytical Chemistry
Principles and techniques involved in modern chemical analysis. Application
of modern instrumental methods to the study of chemical and physical processes.
Techniques used include polarography, spectroscopy, chromatography.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 41, which may be taken concurrently.
Two classroom and six laboratory hours a week. 4 credits.
Laboratory fee: .$10. Mr. Steel
CHEMISTRY 121aR. Inorganic Chemistry
Introduction to the principles of chemical binding; valence theory, periodic
properties, molecular structures. Application to the chemistry of the lighter ele-
ments.
Inorganic synthesis and analysis; synthetic techniques include vacuum line,
high temperature, non-aqueous and electrochemical preparations. Instrumental
methods of analysis.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 41 or consent of the instructor.
Three classroom hours a week, 3 credits; six laboratory hours a week, 2
credits.
Laboratory fee: $10. Mr. Kustin
CHEMISTRY 130a. Introduction to Organic Research
Systematic determination of structures of organic molecules utilizing micro-
techniques and instrumental methods as a preparation for research. Some synthetic
work in connection with degradations of unknowns will emphasize choice of
reactions and conditions.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 25.
Two classroom hours and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. 4 credits.
Laboratory f ee : $ 1 0. Mr. Button
94 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
CHEMISTRY 131a. Advanced Organic Chemistry
Stereochemistry, molecular rearrangements, kinetics and mechanisms of organic
reactions.
Prerequisites: Satisfactory grades in Chemistry 25 and 41 or the equivalent.
Chemistry 41 may be taken concurrently. Mr. Cohen
*CHEMISTRY 132b. Synthetic IVIethods
A survey of several newer organic reactions of theoretical and synthetic interest
including a discussion of their application, scope, specificity and mechanism.
Prerequisites: Satisfactory grade in Chemistry 131a or the equivalent.
CHEMISTRY 141a. Advanced Physical Chemistry
A unified introduction to chemical thermodynamics, statistical mechanics and
elementary wave mechanics.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 41 or equivalent. Mr. Tuttle
CHEMISTRY 141b. Advanced Physical Chemistry
Continuation of Chemistry 141a.
Prerequisite: Satisfactory grade in Chemistry 141a. Mr. Jordan
*CHEMISTRY 144a. Chemical Crystallography
Introduction to chemical crystallography including descriptive crystallography;
theory of symmetry; structure determination by means of X-ray, neutron and
electron diffraction.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 41 or the equivalent.
CHEMISTRY 145b. Chemical Kinetics
Kinetics of homogeneous and heterogeneous chemical change.
Prerequisite: Satisfactory grade in Chemistry 41 or equivalent. Mr. Steel
CHEMISTRY 200. Advanced Chemistry Laboratory Stag
*CHEMISTRY 221b. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I
Inorganic reaction mechanisms: Substitution, exchange, polymerization, redox,
hydrolytic and solvolytic reactions; inorganic stereochemistry.
Corequisite: Chemistry 145b.
CHEMISTRY 222bR. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II
Theoretical inorganic chemistry: Atomic structure and the application of
group theory to inorganic compounds, particularly the transition metals; ligand
field theory.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 141a;
Corequisite: Chemistry 141b. Mr. Dorain
Chemistry 221b and Chemistry 222b are given in alternate years.
CHEMISTRY 230b. Advanced Organic Chemistry
A continuation of Chemistry 131a.
Prerequisite: Satisfactory grade in Chemistry 131a. Mr. Cohen
CHEMISTRY 231c. Selected Topics in Organic Chemistry
Required of graduate students in organic chemistry who must audit this
course each year and may receive three credits after participating for two years
and presenting two seminar talks. Messrs. Hendrickson and Stevenson
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREASOFSTUDYANDCOURSES 95
*CHEMISTRY 232b. Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds
A systematic survey of the principal oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur heterocycles
of five and six membered and fused ring systems, including their synthesis, chemical
reactions and aromatic character.
Prerequisite: Satisfactory grade in Chemistry 131a.
*CHEMISTRY 233b. Chemistry of Alkaloids
Study of principal alkaloids belonging to the pyrrolidine, piperidine, pyr-
rolizidine, quinolizidine, quinoline, isoquinoline and indole groups, including
degradation, total synthesis and biogenetic relationships.
Prerequisite: Satisfactory grade in Chemistry 132b.
^CHEMISTRY 235a. The Chemistry of Natural Products I
Structure elucidation, synthesis and biogenesis of steroids and triterpenoids.
Prerequisites: Satisfactory grades in Chemistry 131a and 230b or the equivalent.
CHEMISTRY 236aR. The Chemistry of Natural Products II
Isolation, structure elucidation, degradation, synthesis and classification of
selected classes of natural products.
Prerequisites: Satisfactory grades in Chemistry 131a and 230b or the equivalent.
A/t" Stevenson
CHEMISTRY 241c. Selected Topics in Physical Chemistry
A seminar course. Required of graduate students in physical chemistry who
must audit this course each year and may receive three credits after participating
for two years and presenting two seminar talks.
Prerequisites: Satisfactory grades in Chemistry 141a and 121a or 145b or the
equivalent. Messrs. Golden and Linschitz
^CHEMISTRY 243b. Statistical Thermodynamics
Elementary statistical mechanics of systems in equilibrium; Boltzmann, Fermi-
Dirac and Bose-Einstein statistics; microcanonical, canonical and grand canonical
ensembles; applications to thermodynamic systems.
CHEMISTRY 244b. Selected Topics in Solvation Theory
Statistical thermodynamic properties of ionic solutions; ion-solvent interac-
tions; ion-ion interactions. Mr. Golden
CHEMISTRY 245bR. Physical Organic Chemistry
A quantitative discussion of rates and equilibria of organic reactions.
Mr. Grunwald
^CHEMISTRY 247a. Quantum Chemistry
Quantum mechanics and applications to problems in atomic and molecular
structure and chemical binding.
*CHEMISTRY 248b. Topics in Quantum Theory
Courses in Research
CHEMISTRY 400. Organic Chemistry and Physical Organic Chemistry
Reaction mechanisms; free radicals; photochemistry; enzyme reactions.
Mr. Cohen
CHEMISTRY 401. Organic Chemistry
Chemistry of natural products; steroids, triterpenoids, lignans. Mr. Stevenson
*Not to be given in 1965-66.
96 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
CHEMISTRY 403. Organic Chemistry
Non-benzenoid aromatics: molecular rearrangements; reaction mechanisms; or-
ganometallics. Mr. Rosenhlum
CHEMISTRY 404. Organic Chemistry
Chemistr)' of natural products; stereochemistry and molecular geometry; de-
velopment of new synthetic reactions. Mr. Hendrickson
CHEMISTRY 405. Physical Chemistry
Chemical kinetics of elementary reactions; statistical theory of atomic and
molecular structure; statistical mechanics of electrolytic solutions. Mr. Golden
CHEMISTRY 406. Physical Chemistry
Reactions of excited molecules; luminescence; mechanism of photosynthesis;
heavy-metal complexes. Mr. Linschitz
CHEMISTRY 407. Physical and Inorganic Chemistry
Electron paramagnetic resonance; solid state chemistry. Mr. Dorain
CHEMISTRY 408. Physical Chemistry
Electron spin resonance; structure of free radicals; diffusion in liquid solutions;
chemistry of electrolytic solutions. Mr. Tuttle
CHEMISTRY 409. Physical and Inorganic Chemistry
Kinetics and mechanisms of inorganic reactions; experimental study of fast
reactions including enzyme catalysis by the temperature-jump and other relaxation
techniques. Mr. Kustin
CHEMISTRY 410. Physical Chemistry
Structure of organic and inorganic compounds by X-ray diffraction.
Mr. Mareulis
CHEMISTRY 411. Physical Chemistry ^
Chemistry of excited molecules and radicals; the kinetics and mechanisms of
photochemical and thermal reactions. Mr. Steel
CHEMISTRY 412. Physical and Physical Organic Chemistry
Ultra-fast proton transfer steps in acid base reactions; dispersion forces be-
tween adjacent molecules in liquids; lifetimes of hydrogen-bonded complexes in
solution. Mr. Grunwald
CHEMISTRY 413. Physical Chemistry
Statistical mechanics; irreversible processes; theory of fluids; quantum chem-
istry. Mr. Jordan
Chemistry Colloquium
Lectures by faculty and invited speakers. Required of all graduate students.
Non-credit.
Contemporary Jewish Studies
Objectives
The graduate program in Contemporary Jewish Studies offers training on
the Master of Arts level in various disciplines relating to the history, soci-
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 97
ology and literature of contemporary Jewry. It is designed both for stu-
dents who intend to devote themselves to teaching and research in con-
temporary Jewish studies and for those who plan careers in the field of
Jewish communal and educational service.
Admission
The general requirements for admission to the Graduate School, as specified
in an earlier section of this catalog, apply to candidates for admission to the
Contemporary Jewish Studies program.
Faculty Executive Committee
* Associate Professor Harold Weisberg, Chairman: Philosophy.
*Professor Alexander Altmann: Near Eastern and Judaic Studies.
Professor Nahum N. Glatzer: Near Eastern and Judaic Studies.
**Professor Victor Harris: English and American Literature.
Professor Robert A. Manners: Anthropology.
Professor Abraham H. Maslow: Psychology.
Professor Robert Morris: Social Planning.
Professor Morris S. Schwartz: Sociology.
Associate Professor Arnold Gurin: Social Administration.
Associate Professor Benjamin Halpern: Near Eastern and Judaic Studies.
**Associate Professor Marie Syrkin: English.
Assistant Professor Bernard S. Sobel: Sociology.
Mr. Leonard Zion: Lecturer in Near Eastern and Judaic Studies.
Degree Requirements
Master of Arts
Program of Study. The program of study leading to the degree of
Master of Arts will consist of six half-courses (three each term), and one
Master's paper each term in lieu of a thesis. The six half-courses must in-
clude Contemporary Jewish Studies 105b, 160a, 160b, and 170b. The re-
mainder of the course requirements may be fulfilled within the Contem-
porary Jewish Studies program or, with the approval of the Committee,
within the Departments of Anthropology, Near Eastern and Judaic Studies,
Psychology, Sociology, or the Florence Heller School for Advanced Studies
in Social Welfare.
*On Leave, Fall Term.
••On Leave, 1965-66.
98 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
It is expected that the Master of Arts degree will be earned in one
year; in exceptional cases two years will be allowed.
Residence Requirement. The minimum residence requirement for the
Master of Arts degree is one year.
Language Requirement. The candidate must demonstrate proficiency
in one foreign language, ordinarily Hebrew or Yiddish.
Courses of Instruction
CJS 103a. The Sociology of Religion
Sociological analysis of contemporary and historical religious institutions and
experiences. Religious leaderships and followerships; conversion; sect, denomi-
nation and church; religion, society and politics; leading contemporary schools of
theology. Mr. Sobel
CJS 105b. The Sociology of Modern Anti-Semitism
Sociological analyses of contemporary forms of anti-Semitism. Various theories,
both past and present, attempting to explain the phenomenon will be critically
examined. Mr. Sobel
CJS 110b. Jewish Education: Applied Theory
Some of the major problems of teaching in the Jewish school will be con-
sidered along with an exploration of possible effective and creative approaches to
them. (N.B. This is a non-credit course.) Mr. Lukinsky
*CJS 115b. The Sociology of the American Churches
The major sociological and theological characteristics of the American
churches; church membership and church organization; the relationship of the
churches to the power structure and to each other; Catholics and Jews; the "ma-
jority" churches in a pluralistic society.
CJS 126b. History of the Jews in Modern Times
The emancipation of the Jews in western Europe; the Haskalah movement.
The great migrations to the West. Renaissance of Hebrew culture. Anti-semitism.
Zionism. Problems of contemporary Jewish life in the United States. Mr. Halpern
CJS 160a. American Jewish Institutional History
Social history of American Jewry from colonial times to the Second World
War. Emphasis on the development of communal institutions. Mr. Halpern
*CJS 165a. The American Jewish Novel
Works of fiction dealing explicitly with Jewish themes and characters will be
studied, beginning with Cahan's The Rise of David Levinsky to the recent work of
Philip Roth and Bernard Malamud. The course will concentrate on changes in
theme and literary treatment.
*CJS 165b. The Jewish Image in World Literature
Beginning with the Shylock stereotype, the course will concentrate on the
complex role of Jewish figures in such writers as Joyce, Proust and Thomas Mann.
Minor writers will also be discussed.
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 99
*CJS 166a. Modern Jewish Intellectual History to 1870
Jewish ideologies and movements from the Enlightenment to the rise of
political anti-semitism.
*CJS 166b. Modern Jewish Intellectual History Since 1870
Jewish ideologies and movements from the rise of political anti-semitism to
the present.
CJS 167a. Historical Theories in Modern Jewish Thought
This course surveys the emergence of modern Jewish historiography and its
relationship to Jewish thought. The works of Krochmal, Zunz, Geiger, Jost, Graetz,
Hermann Cohen and Franz Rosenzweig will be discussed. Mr. Fleischmann
CJS 168a. Judaism and Contemporary Social Issues
An examination of relationships of Jewish ideologies to critical problems with-
in organized labor and management, work and leisure, community renewal, war
and peace, church and state, public policy and individual freedom. Mr. Zion
*CJS 170a. The Contemporary American Jewish Community
Survey of Jewish organizational activity in the United States and Canada.
Structure and functions of religious and philanthropic institutions. Patterns of
co-ordination and community planning. Interrelationship of local, national, and
international programs. Trends and problem issues in regard to demographic
changes, Jewish identification, rationale for sectarian services, inter-group relations,
financing.
CJS 260b. Topics in American Jewish History
A research seminar. Mr. Halpern
English and American Literature
Objectives
The graduate program in English and American literature is designed to
offer training in the interpretation and evaluation of literary texts with
some attention to the related scholarly disciplines, particularly history and
linguistics. It also offers for candidates who have some ability in writing an
opportunity to pursue this interest as a normal part of the graduate pro-
gram.
Admission
Candidates for admission should have a Bachelor's degree, preferably with
a major in English and American literature, and a reading knowledge of
French, Italian, German, Greek, or Latin. The general requirements for
admission to the Graduate School, as specified in an earlier section of this
catalog, apply to candidates for admission to this area of study.
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
100 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Faculty
Professor Robert O. Prever, Chairmaji: Victorian literature.
Visiting Professor Owen Barfield: Romantic and modern criticism.
Professor J. V. Cunningham: Renaissance literature. Creative writing.
*Professor Victor Harris: Seventeenth century literature.
Professor Milton Hindus: American literature. Contemporary literature.
Professor Graham Hough (as of September 1966): Nineteenth century
literature. Contemporary literature.
Professor Louis Kronenberger: Comparative literature.
Visiting Professor John Lawlor: Medieval literature. Renaissance litera-
ture.
Professor Howard Nemerov (as of September 1966): Contemporary liter-
ature. Creative writing.
Professor Edwin B. Pettet: Dramatic criticism.
Professor Philip Rahv: American literature. Criticism.
Associate Professor Benjamin B. Hoover: Eighteenth century literature.
Visiting Associate Prof essor John H. Smith: Renaissance literature.
Associate Professor Peter Swiggart: American literature.
Associate Professor Aileen Ward: Nineteenth century literature.
Assistant Professor Barbara Gelpi: Victorian literature.
Assistant Professor Allen Grossman: Contemporary literature. American
literature.
Assistant Professor S. Jay Keyser: Linguistics. Medieval literature.
Assistant Professor Ira Konigsberg: English novel. Eighteenth century
literature.
Assistant Professor Alan Levitan: Renaissance literature.
Dr. John Burt Wight: Teacher training.
Mrs. Karen W. Klein: Medieval literature. Linguistics.
Mr. Richard Onorato: Romantic literature.
Degree Requirements
Master of Arts
Program of Study. The program of study leading to the degree of
Master of Arts will consist of six half-courses (three a semester), and one
Master's paper each term (290a and b). The six half-courses will normally
include Introduction to Literary Study; at least one seminar a semester;
Old English, Middle English, or History and Structure of the English
Language; and may include a half-course in advanced writing. Students
who are deficient in training will, however, in most cases need additional
course work.
•On Leave, 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 101
Residence Requirement. The minimum residence requirement is one
year, though students with inadequate preparation may require more.
Lcmguage Reqiiirejiients. Each student must have a reading knowledge
of a major European language, ancient Greek, or Latin.
Qiialijying Examinations. The student must pass the written part of
the Ph.D. qualifying examination (see below).
Doctor of Philosophy
Program of Study. The program of study in the second year of gradu-
ate work will consist of six half-courses. These normally will include at
least two seminars, the English Seminar (301b), and may include a half-
course in advanced writing. The program in the third year of doctoral
study will normally consist of 321a and b, 322a and b, and in most cases
311. Students who are deficient in training may require more formal course
work.
Language Requirements. Each 'Student must have a reading knowledge
of two languages. He may choose to be examined in any major European
language, ancient Greek, and Latin.
Residence Requirement. The minimum residence requirement is one
year beyond the Master's degree or two years beyond the Bachelor's, but
students will normally take three or four years.
Qualifying Examinations. The qualifying examination will consist of
two parts, written and oral. The written examination will test the student's
ability to interpret and evaluate a number of major texts distributed over
the various kinds and periods of English and American literature. This
examination will be scheduled in September and May. The oral will be
given within the two week period following the written examination; it
will test the student on his critical and scholarly competence with three
major works (e.g., Hamlet, Tristam Shandy and The Prelude) of his own
selection. During the oral, the student may also be examined on his Mas-
ter's papers and the first part of his qualifying examination. In his third
year of graduate study the student must pass examinations in four fields of
English and American literature (321a and b, 322a and b). Three of these
will be written examinations on a limited number of major authors in
fields in which the student's formal training has been deficient. The fourth
will be an oral on the student's entire field of specialization: the student
will be writing his dissertation in this field and may specialize in a period
of English or American literature, or the history of a genre. These exami-
nations will be given on specified dates during the university examination
periods in the Fall and Spring Terms.
Admission to Candidacy. A student may be admitted to candidacy for
the Ph.D. degree when he has (1) completed residence requirements, (2)
102 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
passed the qualifying examinations for the Ph.D. degree, (3) passed one
foreign language, and (4) presented his public lecture.
Dissertation and Defense. T^he candidate will explore with a member
of the faculty a topic for his dissertation. He will then submit a fonnal
proposal to the chairman of the department, who will appoint a committee
to confer with the student, and approve, modify, or reject the proposal.
Finally, the candidate must submit an acceptable monograph or some
comparable contribution to learning, on a topic and in a form approved by
the committee at his thesis conference, and must defend it at a final oral
examination.
Courses of Instruction
In addition to the following courses, graduate students in English and
American Literature, with the permission of the chairman of the depart-
ment, may take for credit any Humanities and Comparative Literature
courses in the 100 series. For description of such courses refer to the under-
graduate catalog.
ENGLISH 121a and b. Old English
An introduction to Old English grammar, with special attention to the rapid
attainment of skill in reading. Texts of prose and the shorter poems will be read
in the first semester; Beowulf in the second semester. Mrs. Klein
ENGLISH 122a. The Medieval Lyric
The development of lyric poetry in England, France and Germany in the
Middle Ages, with special attention to the Middle English lyric. Mrs. Klein
*ENGLISH 142b. Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama
A survey of English drama from 1590 to 1640.
ENGLISH 145b. English Religious Poetry in the Seventeenth Century
A study of the religious poetry of Donne, Herbert, Vaughan, Traherne, Cra-
shaw, Marvell, and including the early poems of Milton. Mr. Grossman
ENGLISH 150b. The Classical Background of English Literature Mr. Mueller
ENGLISH 155a. Romantic Poetry Mr. Onorato
ENGLISH 172a. The Nineteenth Century Novel Mr. Preyer
*ENGLISH 173a. The English Novel, 20th Century: British, 1930-1960
Waugh, Greene, Powell, Snow, Golding, Murdock, Amis, and others.
ENGLISH 180b. Continuity and Change in Modern Literature Mr. Rahv
*ENGLISH 185a. The Literature of Transition: Classical to Romantic
ENGLISH 187a. History of Criticism: Plato to Dryden Mr. Cunningham
ENGLISH 188b. History of English Criticism: Romantic and Modern Mr. Barfield
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES
103
ENGLISH 192b. History and Structure of the English Language
A study of the linguistic structure of modern English and of the historical
processes through which it developed. Mr. Keyser
ENGLISH 201a. Introduction to Literary Study Mr. Hoover
Pro-Seminars
Pro-seminars, numbered between 202 and 210, are courses designed for
graduate students to enable them to make up deficiencies in various fields
and subjects, and prepare them for seminar work.
ENGLISH 204b. Pro-Seminar in Medieval Drama Mr. Lawlor
ENGLISH 205a. Pro-Seminar in Elizabethan Drama Mr. Levitan
ENGLISH 206a. Pro-Seminar in Eighteenth Century Poetry Mr. Konigsberg
ENGLISH 207b. Pro-Seminar in the Nineteenth Century: Romantic Poetry and Criticism
A survey of the poetry and criticism of the period, focused on the major
poets. Miss Ward
ENGLISH 208b. Pro-Seminar in Victorian Prose Mrs. Gelpi
Seminars
ENGLISH 212b. Seminar in the Novel
An investigation qi the theory and technique of the novel
ENGLISH 213a. Seminar in Criticism
Literary criticism in America: Poe to Wilson.
ENGLISH 215a. Seminar in Renaissance Literature
Tudor prose and poetry, More to Donne and Jonson.
ENGLISH 215b. Seminar in Renaissance Literature
ENGLISH 216b. Seminar in the Eighteenth Century Novel
ENGLISH 217a. Seminar in Romantic Poetry: William Blake
ENGLISH 217b. Seminar in the Romantic Period
Coleridge and the Imagination.
ENGLISH 218a. Seminar in the Victorian Novel
ENGLISH 219a. Seminar in the American Novel
Hawthorne, James, and Faulkner.
ENGLISH 261a. Seminar in Anglo-Irish Literature
Yeats, Synge, and Joyce.
ENGLISH 290a and b. Directed Research
Candidates for the Master's degree will enroll in this course for two semesters.
Miss Ward and Mr. Konigsberg
Mr. Konigsberg
Mr. Rahv
Mr. Cunningham
Mr. Smith
Mr. Hoover
Miss Ward
Mr. Barfield
Mr. Preyer
Mr. Swiggart
Mr. Grossman
104 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
ENGLISH 301b. The English Seminar
Each student will deliver a fifty minute public lecture.
Required of second year candidates for the doctoral degree. Mr. Hoover
ENGLISH 311. Seminar in Teaching
For Teaching Assistants in English. Non-credit. Messrs. Wight and Swiggart
ENGLISH 321a and b. Earlier English Literature
Special fields.
Required of third year candidates for the doctoral degree.
Messrs. Hoover and Grossman
ENGLISH 322a and b. Later English Literature and American Literature
Special fields.
Required of third year candidates for the doctoral degree.
Mr. Swiggart and Miss Ward
ENGLISH 400a and b. Research staff
ENGLISH COMPOSITION 102a and b. Directed Writing: Poetry Mrs. stone
HUMANITIES 65b. Existentialism and European Fiction
Kierkegaard, Sartre, Camus and Kafka. Mr. Siuiggart
History of American Civilization
Objectives
The graduate program in the History of American Civilization, leading to
the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in History, has been designed to train
scholars and teachers with both intensity and breadth. Historical in em-
phasis and organization, the curriculum will reach out into other disci-
plines such as political science, economics, philosophy, literature, psychol-
ogy, and sociology for insights and techniques that illuminate the Ameri-
can experience. A small, select student body will work in close cooperation
with the faculty, and a great deal of reliance will be placed on the devel-
opment of individual programs of study.
Admission
The general requirements for admission to the Graduate School, given in
an earlier section of the catalog, apply to candidates for admission to this
area of study. Normally, the student's undergraduate curriculum should
include some fundamental courses in American history, politics, or litera-
ture, but need not show a concentration ih American studies. Applicants
are required to take the Graduate Record Examination.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 105
Faculty
Executive Committee: Professor Morton Keller, Chairman; Professors
Raymond S. Ginger, Leonard W. Levy, Marvin Meyers, John P.
Roche.
Staff:
*Professor Lawrence H. Fuchs: Political institutions. Ethnic studies.
Professor Raymond S. Ginger: Economic and social history. Reform
movements.
Professor Everett C. Hughes: Educational sociology. Sociology of occupa-
tions. Sociology of race relations.
Professor Morton Keller: Political history. Entrepreneurial history.
Professor Max Lerner: Social institutions. Political economy. Contem-
porary history.
*Professor Leonard W. Levy: Constitutional history, the South. Colonial
period.
Professor. Norton Long: Social theory. Urban studies.
Professor Marvin Meyers: Intellectual history. The early republic.
Professor Philip Rahv: American and comparative literature.
*Professor John P. Roche: Political theory. Constitutional history. Con-
temporary history.
Associate Professor Peter Swiggart: American literature.
Assistant Professor Jerold Auerbach: Recent history. Labor history.
Assistant Professor David H. Fischer: Early American history.
Degree Requirements
Master of Arts
No one will be accepted in the program who is not a doctoral candi-
date. However, the M.A. degree in History may be awarded after comple-
tion of twenty-four course credits, the oral qualifying examination, and
demonstration of proficiency in one foreign language.
Doctor of Philosophy
Program of Study. Doctoral candidates must complete two years in resi-
dence at Brandeis, and a minimum of forty-eight course credits. The Com-
mittee may, at its discretion, grant a student transfer credit of up to one
year toward the Ph.D. residence requirement for work done elsewhere;
application for such credit shall be considered only after a student has com-
pleted one semester's residence in a full-time program.
Language requirement. A high level of reading proficiency in one
foreign language is required of all Ph.D. candidates.
•On Leave, 1965-66.
106 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Qiialifying Examination. Each doctoral candidate must be prepared
for examination in the following fields: American history (with specializa-
tion in one period); an area of modern European history; a related disci-
pline in the social sciences or the humanities. Programs of study and con-
centration will be formulated for each student, subject to the approval of
the Executive Committee.
Admission to Candidacy. A student may be admitted to candidacy for
the Ph.D. degree upon satisfactory completion of the following: course and
residence requirements, demonstration of a high level of proficiency in one
foreign language, and a general qualifying examination.
Dissertation and Defense. The candidate will be required to prepare a
prospectus for his dissertation to be submitted for approval to the Commit-
tee. When the dissertation is accepted by the committee, a final oral exami-
nation will be scheduled at which the candidate must successfully defend
his dissertation before the Committee and other members of the faculty
who may participate. After a candidate has successfully defended his dis-
sertation, he will give a public lecture.
Courses of Instruction
*HISTORY 150b. The Age of the Democratic Revolution 1760-1830
HISTORY 151a. American Colonial and Revolutionary History
An investigation of three selected topics in early American history; the Puri-
tans in seventeenth century New England; political, economic, social, religious and
cultural development in eighteenth century America; the American Revolution.
Mt FischcT
HISTORY 151b. The New Republic
A study of five problems in American history, 1788-1815; the development of
nationalism and sectionalism; the growth of political democracy; foreign affairs;
economic expansion; and the transition from the Enlightenment to Romanticism.
Mr. Fischer
HISTORY 152b. Jacksonian Democracy
An examination of the interpretations of democratic society and politics in
the Jacksonian era, from Tocqueville to the present. Mr. Meyers
*HISTORY 154a. The Rise of Modern America
HISTORY 154b. Modern America
Significant historical developments in the United States since 1914; business
and economic, political, constitutional, diplomatic, social and intellectual.
Mr. Ginger
*HISTORY 156a. History of American Constitutional Law and Theory
*HISTORY 156b. History of American Constitutional Law and Theory
*HISTORY 157b. American Industrial Growth
*Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 107
HISTORY 160. American Education
Within the Hmits of American history, education is broadly conceived as the
transmission of culture from Europe to the new world and from an agrarian
colonial society to urban, industrial America. Emphasis is placed upon the family
as an educational institution. Mr. Fischer
HISTORY 164. History of American Political Institutions to 1865
An examination of American politics that stresses its relationship to the
culture at large. Mr. Keller
*AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 170b. Americans Overseas
^AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 172a. The Presidency and the People
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 200a. Pro-Seminar: An Introduction to the History of
American Civilization Mr. Fischer
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 252a. Seminar on the Problems in the History of
American Thought: The Early Republic Mr. Meyers
*AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 254a. Seminar on the United States in the
Twentieth Century
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 254b. Seminar on the History of American Institutions:
The Gilded Age Mr. Keller
^AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 256a. Seminar on American Constitutional History:
The Bill of Rights
*AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 256b. Seminar on American Constitutional History:
The Fourteenth Amendment
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 258b. Seminar on American Industrial Growth Mr. Ginger
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 300. Readings in the History of American Civilization staff
Students may also draw from course listings in Anthropology, English and
American Literature, Near Eastern and Judaic Studies, Philosophy and Sociology.
Other courses relevant to the program include the following:
ECONOMICS 170a. Monetary and Fiscal Policy
The role of monetary and fiscal pohcy in achieving economic goals of the
United States. Existing institutions and proposed reforms are studied. Mr. Hartman
FINE ARTS 122. American Painting and Architecture
An historical, philosophical interpretation of American painting and architec-
ture from the beginning to the present. Mr. de Leiris
POLITICS 121a. Problems in Community Government
An examination of the evolution and problems of state, local, and regional
governmental units. Mr. Long
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
108 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
POLITICS 121b. Seminar in Community Government
Prerequisite: Politics 121a. Mr. Long
POLITICS 128a. Public Administration and Public Policy
A study of the dynamics and problems of policy formation and administration
in the Federal government. Mr. Woll
POLITICS 152a. Political Parties
The role of political parties in the governmental process. The modern mass
party contrasted with electoral and legislative parties. Party structure— organiza-
tion, membership and leadership— will be examined with particular reference to
social bases. Mr. Nordlinger
POLITICS 152b. Methodology of Political Science
The theory and method of political analysis, with special attention to the
logic of explanation, empirical theories, models, and the role of values. Mr. Meehan
POLITICS 154b. Seminar in Government Planning
The theory and practice of modern government planning. The problems of
planning in a democracy. Democracy and the role of the expert. Mr. Long
*POLITICS 170a. American Political Thought
*POLITICS 170b. American Political Thought
POLITICS 172a. Contemporary Europe: Problems in Politics, Arms, Culture and Society
Currents and problems of contemporary Europe: the struggle to give political
direction to Western Europe; movements toward economic, military and political
integration; the cultural unities in European history and the new European society
in their bearing on Europe's future; critical evaluation of a "United States of
Europe," an Atlantic partnership, a "Europe de Patrie," a single Europe based on
an East-West detente. Mr. Lerner
POLITICS 197a. Contemporary Political Theory
A systematic analysis of contemporary problems in political theory. Mr. Meehan
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 400. Dissertation Research ' Mr. Keller and Staff
History of Ideas
Objectives
The program in the History of Ideas, leading to the degrees of Master of
Arts and Doctor of Philosophy in History, aims to prepare historians of
thought in two areas: (1) the History of Philosophy^ in relation to ideas in
cognate fields of thought (religion, science, literature); and (2) the History
of Political and Social Thought, in relation to political and social develop-
ments.
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 109
The endeavor throughout is to examine the interrelations of ideas in
various discipHnes, the interconnections between theoretical and practical
activities, and the reciprocal influence of ideas and historical events.
A student trained in the program is expected to have a good general
grasp of the history of philosophy and of the history of political and social
thought; a special competence in dealing systematically as well as histor-
ically with major texts and problems in either the history of philosophy or
the history of political and social thought; and a familiarity with the
general history of the period in which he is concentrating.
Admission
In addition to the general requirements for admission to the Graduate
School specified in an earlier section of this catalog, applicants who wish to
specialize in the History of Philosophy should present an undergraduate
major in philosophy or classics; applicants who plan to specialize in the
History of Political and Social Thought should present an undergraduate
major in political science, sociology, or history.
Faculty
Executive Committee: Associate Professor Peter Diamandopoulos, Chair-
man; Professors Henry David Aiken, Lewis A. Coser, Nahum N.
Glatzer, Norton Long, Stephen Toulmin; Associate Professors
Heinz M. Lubasz, Frederic Sommers.
Staff:
Professor Henry David Aiken: Ethics. American philosophy. Social phi-
losophy.
*Professor Alexander Altmann: History of Jewish philosophy and mysti-
cism. Medieval philosophy.
*Professor David Berkowitz: Historiography.
Professor Lewis A. Coser: Political sociology. Sociological theory.
Professor Nahum N. Glatzer: Jewish history. Hebrew historiography.
Eschatology.
Professor Cyrus H. Gordon: Cuneiform. Egypto-Semitic, and Mediterra-
nean studies.
Professor Norton Long: Community government.
Professor Morris S. Schwartz: Social psychology. Applied sociology. So-
cial psychiatry.
Professor Stephen Toulmin: Philosophy of science. History of science.
Professor John van Heijenoort: Logic. History of logic.
•On Leave, Fall Term.
110 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Professor Kurt H. Wolff: Sociological theory. Sociology of knowledge.
Associate Professor Peter Diamandopoulos: History of ancient philoso-
phy. History of science.
Associate Professor Heinz M. Lubasz: German intellectual history.
Associate Professor Ramsay MacMullen: Ancient history.
Associate Professor Eugene J. Meehan: Political theory.
Associate Professor David Neiman: Biblical studies. Ancient Near East.
Associate Professor Frederic Sommers: Philosophy of language. Metaphys-
ics. History of philosophy.
Associate Professor Maurice R. Stein: Communities. Sociology of litera-
ture. Social psychiatry.
Associate Professor Harold Weisberg: Philosophy of the social sciences.
Social philosophy. Philosophy of religion.
Assistant Professor Kenneth Barkin: Modern European history.
Assistant Professor Daniel C. Bennett: Philosophy of mind. History of
philosophy. Social philosophy.
Assistant Professor Thomas Hegarty: Russian history.
Assistant Professor Aryeh L. Motzkin: Arabic language and literature.
History of Islam.
Assistant Professor Gerasimos X. Santas: History of ancient philosophy.
Ethics.
Assistant Professor Bernard Z. Sobel: Sociology of religion. Sociology of
the Jews.
Dr. Eugene J. Fleischmann: Jewish philosophy.
Degree Requirements
All programs of study will be worked out in consultation with the
student's adviser.
Master of Arts
Program of Study. The program for the Master of Arts consists of eight
half-courses which are to be distributed among the various groups indi-
cated below as follows:
1. Introduction to the History of Ideas (Group I) two half-courses.
2. History of Philosophy or History of Political and Social Thought
(Group II) three half-courses.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 111
3. Systematic Analysis (Group III) two half-courses:
a. For students concentrating in the History of Philosophy, two half-
courses in Philosophy.
b. For students concentrating in the History of Political and Social
Thought, two half-courses in Sociology or Politics.
4. One half-course in History (Group IV): one half-course in the his-
tory of the period in which the student is concentrating. This re-
quirement must be met with a reading course when no formal
course has been offered.
Language Requirement. A proficient reading knowledge of either
French or German is required. The examination must be taken no later
than the second term of the first year in residence. Students who fail the
examination may apply for re-examination at the end of the third term in
residence. Failure to pass the language examination at this time will result
in severance from the program.
Qualifying Examinations. To qualify for the Master's degree, the can-
didate must:
1. By May 1 of his first year in residence, submit to the chairman a sub-
stantial paper on a topic upon which he has concentrated during the
year;
2. Pass one of the following three qualifying examinations:
a. A three-hour written examination in general and intellectual his-
tory of the period in which he is concentrating (ancient, medieval,
early modern or later modern).
b. A three-hour written examination in a systematic area within the
fields of philosophy, political theory, sociology or one of the natural
sciences.
c. A three-hour written examination in either the History of Philos-
ophy or the History of Political and Social Thought or the History
of Scientific Thought.
Students whose course work, research paper and qualifying examination
are considered satisfactory will be recommended for the award of the Mas-
ter's degree. Only those students whose work is outstanding will be permitted
to continue toward the Ph.D. degree.
A candidate who fails the qualifying examination may take it again in
September of the second year in residence.
Doctor of Philosophy
To be eligible to continue study toward the Ph.D. degree, the student must
complete course work for the Master's degree with distinction (B-|- or
higher), he must pass the three qualifying examinations listed above with
112 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
distinction, and, in the judgment of the History of Ideas Executive Com-
mittee, he must have demonstrated a capacity for independent specialized
work in the area of his choice.
Prograrn of Study. The student must complete at least eight half-
courses beyond the program of study for the Master's degree. They must be
chosen from the following areas:
l.Four half-courses in the History of Philosophy or in the History of
Political and Social Thought (Group II).
2. One half-course in Systematic Analysis (Philosophy, Politics or Soci-
ology) (Group III).
3. One half-course in History (Group IV).
4. Two half-courses in electives (Group V).
Language Requirements. Proficiency in reading both French and Ger-
man is required of all doctoral candidates. Examinations in both languages
will be given at the beginning of each term. The examination in the stu-
dent's second language must be taken not later than the beginning of the
fifth term in residence, however, students are strongly urged to take it at an
earlier date. Students who fail to pass the examination at a date earlier than
the fifth term may apply for re-examination at the beginning of the fifth
term. Failure to pass the second language examination within the pre-
scribed time limits will render the student ineligible for further study in
the program.
Students who intend to do research in a field requiring a language
other than French or German may, with the approval of the Chairman of
the Executive Committee, substitute this language for either French or
German.
Admission to Candidacy. A student may be admitted to candidacy for
the Ph.D. degree when (1) he has passed the Master's qualifying exami-
nations with distinction, (2) he has satisfactorily completed one year's resi-
dence beyond the M.A. program, (3) he has completed a second language
examination, and (4) the subject of his dissertation has been approved by
the Executive Committee.
Dissertation and Final Oral Examination. The dissertation will be
accepted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the Ph.D. degree in
consultation with the student's adviser and after a majority approval by a
committee of readers appointed by the Chairman of the Executive Com-
mittee. One member of this committee shall be from either the Philosophy
or Sociology Department.
An oral defense of the dissertation must be given before an examining
committee including members from the History of Ideas Program, the De-
partments of Philosophy, Politics, Sociology, and History.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 113
Courses of Instruction
Group I Introduction to the History of Ideas
HISTORY OF IDEAS 200a. Historical Transformation of Ideas: The Character of
Intellectual Revolutions
The internal development of intellectual systems; the dynamics of intellectual
growth, as reflecting the aims and methods of systematic inquiry. Mr. Toulmin
HISTORY OF IDEAS 200b. The Historical Interpretation of Ideas: The Idea of
Nature in Ancient Greece
An intensive study of selected texts from the Pre-Socratics, Plato, Aristotle,
and the early Stoics dealing with the concept of nature. Mr. Diamandopoulos
HISTORY OF IDEAS 201a. The Role of Ideas in General History:
Intellectual History of the French Revolution Mr. Lubasz
HISTORY OF IDEAS 201b. Philosophy and Ideology: Conceptions of Morals,
Society and the State in the Nineteenth Century
Special topics to be arranged in consultation with the instructor. Mr. Aiken
Group II History of Philosophical and Scientific Thought and History of
Social and Political Thought
HISTORY OF IDEAS 210a. Pre-Socratic Philosophy
An intensive study of the fragments of the Pre-Socratics. A study of the transi-
tion from myth to philosophy. Mr. Diamandopoulos
HISTORY OF IDEAS 211a. Plato
An introduction to Plato's thought through an intensive reading of several
major dialogues. Among the topics discussed will be the Socratic method, Socratic
and Platonic ethics, Plato's conception of the soul, knowledge and existence.
HISTORY OF IDEAS 212b. Aristotle ^'' ^''"''''
Lectures on Aristotle's views on Knowledge, Being, the Cosmos, the Soul, and
human life. Extensive reading from Organon, Metaphysics, Physics, De Anima,
Ethics and Politics will be required. Messrs. Diamandopoulos and Sommers
HISTORY OF IDEAS 216b. Introduction to Islamic Philosophy
The rise of Greek philosophy among the Arabs. Farabi, Avicenna, Ghazzali,
Averroes. Selection in translation will be read and discussed. Mr. Motzkin
HISTORY OF IDEAS 217b. Medieval Jewish Philosophy
A survey of the various phases of Jewish philosophy from the 10th century
until the Renaissance. Mr. Altmann
HISTORY OF IDEAS 218b. Readings in Medieval Jewish Philosophy Mr. Altmann
*HISTORY OF IDEAS 220b. Continental Rationalism: The Philosophy of Descartes
An intensive study of selected texts from Descartes, Spinoza and Leibnitz.
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
114 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
HISTORY OF IDEAS 221a. Spinoza
A presentation of the major trends in Spinoza's thought, his ethics, pohtics
and criticism of religion. Mr. Fleischmann
HISTORY OF IDEAS 222b. British Empiricism
Intensive study of selected texts from Locke, Berkeley and Hume. Mr. Weisberg
*HISTORY OF IDEAS 223b. Kant
Intensive study of the basic concepts of Kant's Critique of Pure Reason and
their subsequent development in German idealism.
HISTORY OF IDEAS 225a. Seminar in Ancient Philosophy Mr. Santas
*HISTORY OF IDEAS 225b. Seminar in Modern Philosophy
HISTORY OF IDEAS 226b. Seminar on the History of Logic Mr. van Heijenoort
HISTORY OF IDEAS 227a. The Idea of Historical Development
Transformations in ideas about the antiquity, and the patterns of change of
society and of nature, with special reference to the period 1700-1875. Mr. Toulmin
^HISTORY OF IDEAS 229a. History of American Philosophy
An historical survey and analysis of the pragmatic tradition in American
philosophy. Selected texts of Peirce, James, Dewey and C. I. Lewis will be dis-
cussed.
*HISTORY OF IDEAS 235a. Problems in Sixteenth Century Political Theory
*HISTORY OF IDEAS 236a. Classical Political Theory
HISTORY OF IDEAS 237a. Contemporary Political Theory
A systematic analysis of contemporary problems in political theory. Mr. Meehan
^HISTORY OF IDEAS 241a. Social Causation
The nature and significance of causal inquiry, especially into social phenom-
ena. Explanation, understanding, interpretation. Case study and generalization.
Social causation and social change.
HISTORY OF IDEAS 242. Classical Sociological Theory
Study of major sociologists, such as Comte, Spencer, Marx, Durkheim, Pareto,
Weber, Simmel, Ward, Ross, Sumner, Park, Mannheim, in their historical setting,
with special attention to their substantive concerns and methodologies.
1st sem., Mr. Stein
2nd sem., Mr. Coser
*HISTORY OF IDEAS 243a. Advanced History of Sociological Theory
Sociological theory from the late 18th century to the present.
*Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 115
*HISTORY OF IDEAS 245a. Ideology and Social Movements
Effect of political events and social processes on political thought and action
in the twentieth century. Social functions of political ideologies. Structure and
orientation of organizations intending to cause social change.
HISTORY OF IDEAS 246b. Aspects of Social Control in Religious and Secular
Utopian Movements
An analysis of the sociological structure of Utopian communities demonstrat-
ing similarities and differences between the secular and religious types and their
relationships to the broader societal contexts from which they emerge. The course
will emphasize a discussion of the modes and processes of social control developed
by the various movements. Messrs. Schwartz, Seeley and Stein
HISTORY OF IDEAS 247b. The Social Context of Natural Science
The interaction between intellectual systems and the social environment; the
importance of rational factors on the dynamics of intellectual growth. Mr. Toulmin
Group III Systematic Courses in Philosophy, Politics, Sociology
HISTORY OF IDtAS 250b. Intermediate Logic
Informal and axiomatic development of quantification theory. Notions of
consequence, theorem, proof. Semantics of quantification, semantical completeness
of the theory. Naive set theory, the nature of formal systems. Mr. van Heijenoort
^HISTORY OF IDEAS 251b. Ethical Theory
An examination of the main types of contemporary ethical theories, including
naturalism, intuitionism, and emotivism. Analysis of ethical concepts. Elements of
normative systems. Varieties of relativism.
HISTORY OF IDEAS 252a. Theory of Knowledge
Such questions as the nature of truth, the reliability of sense perception, and
the problem of a priori knowledge will be discussed. Mr. Bennett
HISTORY OF IDEAS 252b. Metaphysics
An examination of ontological categories, their structure and formation.
Mr. Sommers
HISTORY OF IDEAS 253b. Philosophy and the Idea of Nature
The roots of philosophical problems in natural science, with particular refer-
ence to the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Mr. Toulmin
HISTORY OF IDEAS 256a. Social and Political Philosophy
The problem of justifying social and political beliefs, including a critical
examination of leading attempts to justify such beliefs by appeal to history,
natural law, human nature and theology. Mr. Bennett
*HISTORY OF IDEAS 256b. Seminar in the Philosophy of History and the Social Sciences
HISTORY OF IDEAS 257b. Methodology and Political Science
The theory and method of political analysis, with special attention to the
logic of explanation, empirical theories, models and the role of values. Mr. Meehan
*Not to be given in 1965-66.
116 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
HISTORY OF IDEAS 258b. Seminar in Problems of Government Planning
The theory and factors of modern government planning. The problems of the
organization and the planning process. Mr. Long
HISTORY OF IDEAS 260a. Sociology of Knowledge
History and historical interpretation of the sociology of knowledge, with par-
ticular emphasis on German and recent American literature. Mr. Wolff
HISTORY OF IDEAS 261b. Sociology of Literature
The relations between society and literary forms in selected historical periods.
Emphasis on the relations between problems and methods in inquiry as presented
by sociological and humanistic students of man. Mr. Stein
HISTORY OF IDEAS 262a. Sociology of Religion
Sociological analysis of contemporary and historical religious institutions and
experiences. Religious leadership and followership; conversion; sect, denomina-
tion, and church; religion, society and politics; leading contemporary schools of
theology. Mr. Sobel
HISTORY OF IDEAS 263b. Philosophy of the Social Sciences
Sociological aspects of sociology. Relations between philosophical and method-
ological problems of sociology. Conditions of constructing sociological theory.
Major background readings for student papers: Maurice Natanson, ed.. Phi-
losophy of the Social Sciences; Alfred Schutz, Collected Papers, Vols. I and II.
Mr. Wolff
HISTORY OF IDEAS 265a or b. Readings in Sociological Theory and History
Mr. Schwartz and Staff
Group IV Institutional History
HISTORY 106a. The Changing Greek City-State
Reading of sources, especially Thucydides, with modern commentary, covering
the period 431 to 323 B.C. (Pro-seminar.) Mr. MacMullen
HISTORY 107b. Studies in the Decline of the Roman Empire
Intensive study of government, society, and culture of the fourth century.
Mr. MacMullen
*HISTORY 123a. Europe in the Early Middle Ages
*HISTORY 123b. Europe in the Later Middle Ages
*HISTORY 128. The Renaissance and Reformation in Europe
HISTORY 129b. The Renaissance and Reformation in Sixteenth Century England
The development of institutions and outlooks in sixteenth century England
under the impact of Renaissance and Reformation currents. Mr. Berkowitz
HISTORY 134a. History of Europe 1789-1848
This course surveys European history from the French Revolution to the mid-
nineteenth century. It stresses the changes which followed the revolution and the
different national forms. Mr. Barkin
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 117
HISTORY 134b. History of Europe: 1848-1914
This course surveys European history from 1848 to the first World War and
emphasizes the quest for political, economic and social stability in the major
European states. Mr. Barkin
HISTORY 143a. History of Russia to 1825
Pro-Slavic developments, the establishment of the Kievan state, invasion and
internal decline; appanage Russia and the rise of regional centers, Muscovite
Russia and the growth of the autocracy and Imperial Russia and the impact of
Western Europe. Mr. Hegarty
HISTORY 143b. History of Russia: 1825 to the Present
Russian Rechtstaat at its height. Modernization of Russia; Russian industrial-
ization under the Romanovs; roots of the Russian revolution; early Bolshevik state;
NEP and the rise of Stalin; collectivization and industrialization; Soviet foreign
policy and international Communism; the Khrushchev era and prospects for the
future. Mr. Hegarty
*HISTORY 144b. Modern Britain: 1867 to the Present
HISTORY 145a. History of Germany: 1848-1945
The economic, political and diplomatic history of Germany inclusive of
Austria-Hungary from the revolution of 1848 to the collapse of National Socialism
in 1945. Mr. Barkin
HISTORY 145b. The Weimar Republic
A seminar dealing with economic, political and intellectual developments
between World War I and the assumption of office by Hitler. Mr. Barkin
Group V General Intellectual History
HISTORY OF IDEAS 270a. History of the Mediterranean from 3000 to 300 B.C.
The lectures will follow the sequence of topics in C. H. Gordon's The Ancient
Near East (1965), with constant reference to the published fascicles of the new
edition of Cambridge Ancient History. Mr. Gordon
HISTORY OF IDEAS 271b. The Book of Job and the Problem of Evil
A reading of the Book of Job (in English translation) and a discussion of the
role of the book in the literature and thought of the Western world; the problem
of evil in Judaism and Christianity. Mr. Glatzer
HISTORY OF IDEAS 273. Intellectual History of Europe
European thought in its social and political context. Lectures and reading of
selected texts. Mr. Lubasz
HISTORY OF IDEAS 277b. Social and Intellectual History of Russia
The impact of Western European thought on Russian intellectuals including
Radischchev, Chaadaev, Belinsky, Herzen, Pisarev, Mikhaelovsky and Plekhanov.
Mr. Hegarty
*HISTORY OF IDEAS 279. Modern Jewish Intellectual History
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
118 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
HISTORY OF IDEAS 280b. History of Historical Literature and Historical Method
Lectures, readings and reports dealing with the development of the practice of
historical investigation, the problem of historical method, and the contemporary
modes of historical expression. Mr. Berkoioitz
HISTORY OF IDEAS 300. Readings in the History of Ideas staff
HISTORY OF IDEAS 400. Dissertation Research
Independent research for the Ph.D. degree.
400. Mr. Altmann
401. Mr. Berkowitz
402. Mr. Coser
403. Mr. Diamandopoulos
404. Mr. Lubasz
405. Mr. Weisherg
Mathematics
Objectives
The graduate program in mathematics is designed primarily to lead to the
Doctor of Philosophy degree. The formal course work is devoted to giving
the student a broad foundation for work in modern pure mathematics. An
essential part of the program consists of seminars on a variety of topics
of current interest in which mathematicians from greater Boston often
participate. In addition, the Brandeis-Harvard-M.I.T. Mathematics Collo-
quium gives the student an opportunity to hear the current work of emi-
nent mathematicians from all over the world.
Admission
The general requirements for admission to graduate work in mathematics
are the same as those for the Graduate School as a whole. The department
has available a variety of fellowships and scholarships for well qualified
students. To be considered for such financial support the student should
submit application by February 1, 1965.
Faculty
Professor Joseph J. Kohn, Chairman: Analysis and Differential Geometry.
Professor Maurice Auslander: Algebra and Homological Algebra.
*Professor Edgar H. Brown, Jr.: Algebraic Topology.
*Professor David A. Buchsbaum: Algebra and Homological Algebra.
** Professor Teruhisa Matsusaka: Algebraic Geometry.
•On Leave, 1965-66.
**On Leave, Fall Term, 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 119
Professor Richard S. Palais: Differential Topology.
Associate Professor William L. Hoyt: Algebraic Geometry.
Associate Professor Harold I. Levine: Algebraic Topology.
* Associate Professor Hugo Rossi: Analysis.
Associate Professor Robert T. Seeley: Analysis.
Assistant Professor Alphonse Vasquez: Algebraic Topology.
Dr. William Hammond: Algebraic Geometry.
Dr. Thomas Sherman: Topological Groups and Group Representations.
Dr. Weishu Shih: Differential Topology.
Dr. Michael Spivak: Algebraic Topology.
Degree Requirements
Master of Arts
1. One year's residence as a full-time student.
2. Successful completion of an approved schedule of courses.
3. Satisfactory performance on the General Examination which is normally
taken by all degree students at the beginning of their second year.
4. Proficiency in reading French or German.
Doctor of Philosophy
1 . Residence as a full-time student for two years.
2. Successful completion of an approved schedule of courses.
3. Superior performance on the General Examination.
4. Doctoral dissertation approved by the department.
5. Final examination consisting of the defense of dissertation.
6. Proficiency in reading both French and German.
Program of Study. Each student must complete a schedule of courses
approved by his adviser. The normal first year of study consists of Mathe-
matics 101, 111, and 121. Students are expected to attend seminars of their
choice in addition to Mathematics 199 which is required. The first year's
work should be followed by three courses in the 200 series. After the second
year, advanced courses, seminars and independent reading are offered to
prepare the student for work on a dissertation.
General Examination. After successful completion of his first year
courses, the student must pass a written examination and participate in a
seminar in his second year.
The written examination will be given in October and March. It will
cover the material of the syllabi; these lists of topics and references in
algebra, analysis and topology will be distributed to the students at the
beginning of their first year.
•On Leave, 1965-66.
120 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
In the summer after his first year, each student will prepare a topic in
mathematics, which he will present in a seminar during his second year.
The topics chosen will be more advanced than those in the syllabi and
must be approved by the faculty.
Admission to Candidacy. To be admitted to candidacy for the Ph.D.
degree in Mathematics, the student must demonstrate a superior perform-
ance on the General Examination and must be recommended for candidacy
by the department.
Dissertation and Defense. The doctoral degree will be awarded only
after the submission and acceptance of an approved dissertation and after
the successful defense of that dissertation.
Courses of Instruction
The 100, 200, and 300 courses meet three hours per week for the entire
year and carry six credits. The seminar courses meet one hour per week
and are non-credit courses.
MATHEMATICS 101a and b. Algebra I
Groups, rings, fields, Galois theory, representations and modules.
Mr. Auslander
MATHEMATICS Ilia and b. Analysis I
Fundamental existence theorems for several real variables, manifolds and
Riemann surfaces. Mr. Seeley
MATHEMATICS 121a and b. Point Set Topology
Set theory, topological spaces, function spaces and covering spaces.
Mr. Vasquez
MATHEMATICS 140. Analysis
Real numbers, metric spaces, Weierstrasse approximation theorem, fundamen-
tal existence theorems, implicit function theorem, complex variables and Fourier
theory. To be announced
MATHEMATICS 199. Problem Seminar
A seminar required of all first year graduate students. Staff
MATHEMATICS 201. Algebra 11
Function fields and commutative rings. Mr. Hoyt
*MATHEMATICS 202a and b. Algebraic Geometry I
Introduction to algebraic geometry.
*MATHEMATICS 203a and b. Algebraic Number Theory I
Ideal class group, Dirichlet's units theorem, L-function, Galois cohomology,
local and global class field theory.
^MATHEMATICS 204a or b. Homological Algebra I
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES
121
*MATHEMATICS 211. Analysis II
Singular integral operator on L^ spaces, for Euclidean space and for mani-
folds, with applications to the study of elliptic partial differential equations on
manifolds with or without boundary.
*MATHEMATICS 212a. Functional Analysis
Topological vector spaces, Banach spaces, compact operators, integral equa-
tions, distributions.
*MATHEMATICS 212b. Harmonic Analysis
Elementary Banach algebras, topological groups, Plancherel theorem, Pontry-
agin duality, group representations.
MATHEMATICS 213a and b. Harmonic Integrals
The purpose of this course is to study representations of various cohomology
theories by solutions of systems of partial differential equations. The course pre-
supposes only the first year courses. It will contain an introduction to elliptic
systems, calculus of variations, boundary value problems and related topics.
Mr. Kohn
MATHEMATICS 221a and b. Algebraic Topology I
Sheaves, homology theory, and homotopy theory. Mr. Shih
*MATHEMATICS 222. Differential Geometry
Introduction to differentiable manifolds.
MATHEMATICS 291. Algebra Seminar
MATHEMATICS 292. Analysis Seminar
MATHEMATICS 293. Topology Seminar
MATHEMATICS 301a. Homological Algebra
*MATHEMATICS 302a and b. Algebraic Geometry II
^MATHEMATICS 303a and b. Algebraic Number Theory II
*MATHEMATICS 311a or b. Fourier Analysis
*MATHEMATICS 312a. Selected Topics in Complex Variables
*MATHEMATICS 312b. Selected Topics in Complex Variables
*MATHEMATICS 313. Group Representation and Analysis of Groups
^MATHEMATICS 321a or b. Algebraic Topology II
MATHEMATICS 322a and b. Differential Topology
*MATHEMATICS 323a or b. Lie Algebras
MATHEMATICS 324a. Lie Groups
^MATHEMATICS 325a or b. Complex Manifolds
MATHEMATICS 332. Differential Topology and Non-linear Analysis
*Not to be given in 1965-66.
Messrs. Auslander and Rim
Messrs. Kohn, Rossi and Seeley
Messrs. Palais and Vasquez
Mr. Auslander
Mr. Levine
Mr. Sherman
Mr. Palais
122 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
MATHEMATICS 401-411. Research
Independent research for the Ph.D. degree.
401.
Mr. Auslander
402.
Mr. Broiun
403.
Mr. Buchshaum
404.
Mr. Hoyt
405.
Mr. Kohn
406.
Mr. Levine
407.
Mr. Matsusaka
408.
Mr. Palais
409.
Mr. Rim
410.
Mr. Rossi
411.
Mr. Seeley
Mediterranean Studies
Objectives
The graduate program in Mediterranean Studies aims at inducting the
student into the investigation of major problems involving the meeting of
different peoples in and around the Mediterranean Sea, where Western
civilization was first created and then developed. The instruction will train
the student to master the primary sources as he learns the broad synthesis.
Master of Arts as well as Doctor of Philosophy candidates are expected to
show a grasp of the problem as a whole, as well as the ability to work in a
variety of different sources. Doctor of Philosophy candidates will be re-
quired to demonstrate also a capacity for original research.
The scope of the department embraces Mediterranean developments
from Antiquity and down to, but not including Modern Times. Students
will be trained in history and archaeology as well as in the languages and
literatures.
Courses will normally involve two or more interrelated sources. While
it is desirable for the student to know as many of the sources as possible in
advance, no student is expected to come ideally equipped with complete
linguistic preparation. If a course requires the use of a source that the
student has not already studied, he will ordinarily be permitted to enroll,
provided that he is concurrently taking a basic language course to make up
the deficiency.
Admission
The general requirements for admission to the Graduate School, given
in an earlier section of this catalog, apply to candidates for admission to
this area.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 123
Students planning to enter this department should take as much
Hebrew, Greek and Latin as possible during their undergraduate course of
study.
Faculty
Professor Cyrus H. Gordon, Chairman: Cuneiform, Egypto-Semitic, and
Mediterranean studies.
Visiting Professor Prophyrios Dikaios: Mediterranean archaeology.
Associate Professor Dwight W. Young: Egypto-Semitic and Cuneiform
studies.
Assistant Professor Harry A. Hoffner, Jr.: Hittite, Helleno-Semitic studies.
Dr. Andras Hamori: Semitic linguistics.
Degree Requirements
Master of Arts
Program of Study. Each candidate for the Master's degree is required
to complete satisfactorily not less than twenty-four semester hours of course
work in the department, plus any courses outside the department that the
major professor may prescribe. The candidate must also show a command
of either Latin or Greek, and of Hebrew or Arabic, plus at least one other
Oriental language (such as Akkadian, Ugaritic, or Egyptian).
Language Requirement. A reading knowledge of one modern foreign
language (ordinarily French or German) is required.
Qualifying Examinations. The student must demonstrate, in written
and oral examinations, proficiency in the sources of two major areas of the
program and an ability to synthesize them. A broad grasp of the Mediter-
ranean origins of Western Civilization will be required of all candidates,
beyond the specific topics covered in courses.
Doctor of Philosophy
The requirements are the same as for the Master of Arts degree, plus
twenty-four additional semester hours of course work in the department, a
reading knowledge of two modern foreign languages (ordinarily French
and German), and a doctoral dissertation.
Admission to Candidacy. A student shall be eligible for admission to
candidacy upon completing his language requirements and satisfactorily
passing his written and oral examinations. Proficiency in those examina-
tions must be demonstrated in three major areas of the program; e.g.,
Assyrian, Greek, and Hebrew (texts and history), or Egyptian, Ugaritic, and
Arabic.
124 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Dissertation and Defense. The dissertation should be a significant and
original contribution to scholarship and should demonstrate a capacity for
independent research based on primary sources. After submission of the
dissertation, the candidate will be expected to defend it in a final oral
examination.
Courses of Instruction
MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 100a. History of the Mediterranean from 3000-300 B.C.
The lectures will follow the sequence of topics in C. H. Gordon's The An-
cient Near East (1965), with constant reference to the published fascicles of the
new edition of Cambridge Ancient History. Mr. Gordon
*MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 101a. History of the Mediterranean in the
Early Bronze Age
To be given in 1966-67.
^MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 102b. History of the Mediterranean in the
Second Millennium B.C.
To be given in 1966-67.
^MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 103a. History of the Mediterranean in the
First Millennium B.C.
To be given in 1967-68.
^MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 103b. History of the Mediterranean in the
First Millennium A.D.
To be given in 1967-68.
MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 110. Archaeology of the East Mediterranean
A survey of metliods, discoveries and interpretation. Mr. Dikaios
^MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES Ilia. Archaeology of the West Mediterranean
To be given in 1966-67.
*MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 112b. Archaeology of Canaan
To be given in 1966-67.
*MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 113a. Archaeology of Egypt
To be given in 1967-68.
*MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 114b. Archaeology of Mesopotamia
To be given in 1967-68.
*MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 115a. Archaeology of Anatolia
To be given in 1966-67.
*MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 122a. Prophetic Books of the Bible
To be given in 1966-67.
*Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 125
MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 127. Biblical Books of the Heroic Age
In 1965-66, selections from the Pentateuch will be read with constant reference
to the Heroic Age of Greece.
Prerequisite: A basic knowledge of Hebrew. Mr. Hamori
MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 130. Elementary Akkadian
A study of Ungnad's Grammar and readings in the Annals of the Sargonid
Kings. Mr. Hoffner
MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 138. Elementary Ugaritic
Grammar and poetic texts. C. H. Gordon's Ugaritic Textbook, 1965, will be
used.
Prerequisite: A knowledge of biblical Hebrew. Mr. Hamori
MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 140. Elementary Middle Egyptian
Gardiner's Egyptian Grammar supplemented with reading simple narratives
such as The Shipwrecked Sailor. Mr. Young
*MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 150. Homeric Epic
To be given in 1966-67.
Prerequisite: A knowledge of Attic or N. T. Greek.
*MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 151. Hesiod and the Epic Cycle
To be given in 1966-67.
*MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 152. Greek Historiography
To be given in 1967-68.
*MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 153. Mycenean Greek Tablets in Linear B.
To be given in 1966-67.
^MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 154. The Septuagint
To be given in 1967-68.
*MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 160. The Aeneid with Reference to its Homeric, Punic
and Other Backgrounds
To be given in 1966-67.
^MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 161a. The Poenulus of Plautus
To be given in 1967-68.
*MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 162b. The Vulgate
To be given in 1967-68.
MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 216. Archaeological Pro-Seminar
In 1965-66, Neolithic and Bronze Age Cyprus will be studied intensively.
Mr. Diknios
MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 221b. Historical Books of the Bible
In 1965, Chronicles will be examined in Hebrew, Greek and Latin with
special attention to the pronunciation of Hebrew names in Greek and Latin
transliteration. All of the Minoan texts, and all of the Phoenician and Punic texts
in Greek and Latin letters, will be read and correlated.
Prerequisite: A basic knowledge of Hebrew, Latin and Greek. Mr. Gordon
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
126 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
*MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 223b. Old Testament Hagiographs
To be given in 1966-67.
^MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 224a. Semitic Inscriptions of the Mediterranean
To be given in 1966-67.
*MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 231. Intermediate Akkadian
To be given in 1966-67.
Prerequisite: Mediterranean Studies 130.
^MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 232. Akkadian Poetry
To be given in 1966-67.
*MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 233. Akkadian Texts from the West
To be given in 1966-67.
MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 234. Akkadian Letters and Diplomatic Texts
In 1965-66, tablets from Mari will be read.
Prerequisite: Mediterranean Studies 231. Mr. Hoffner
*MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 235. Sumerian
To be given in 1966-67.
MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 236. Elementary Hittite
A study of the grammar along with readings in prose cuneiform texts.
Prerequisite: Students must have completed, or be taking concurrently, Medi-
terranean Studies 130. Mr. Hoffner
^MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 237. Advanced Hittite
To be given in 1966-67.
MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 238a. Ugaritic
A study of the newly published texts (Nos. 2001-2123). C. H. Gordon's Uga-
ritic Textbook, 1965, will be used.
Prerequisites: A knowledge of Hebrew and one other Semitic language.
Mr. Gordon
MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 241a. Middle Egyptian Romances
Rapid reading of texts such as The Romance of Sinuhe and The Eloquent
Peasant.
Prerequisite: Mediterranean Studies 140. Mr. Young
MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 242b. Late Egyptian Stories
Rapid reading in texts such as The Two Brothers, The Misadventures of
Wenamon, The Taking of Joppa and Horus and Seth.
Prerequisite: Mediterranean Studies 140. Mr. Young
^MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 243. The Pyramid Texts
To be given in 1966-67.
Prerequisite: Mediterranean Studies 241a find 242b.
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 127
MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 244. Coptic
In 1965-66, Saidic and the other Coptic dialects will be studied comparatively,
with readings in the Apophthegmata Patrum and various Gnostic texts.
Prerequisite: Students must have completed, or be taking concurrently, Medi-
terranean Studies 140. Mr. Young
*MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 263. Pro-Seminar on Roman Historiography
To be given in 1966-67.
MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 270. Linguistic Pro-Seminar
In 1965-66, South Semitic will be investigated. Mr. Hamori
^MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 325b. West Semitic Seminar
To be given in 1967-68.
*MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 339. Cuneiform Seminar
To be given in 1966-67.
^MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 345. Egyptian Seminar
To be given in 1967-68.
MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 371b. Egypto-Semitic Seminar
In 1965-66, the relation between Akkadian and Egyptian will be examined.
Texts in both languages will be read and used as the basis for linguistic analysis
and comparison.
Prerequisite: A knowledge of Akkadian and Middle Egyptian. Mr. Gordon
MEDITERRANEAN STUDIES 400-403. Dissertation Research
Independent research for the Ph.D. degree.
400. Mr. Gordon
401. Mr. Young
402. Mr. Hoffner
403. Mr. Dikaios
Music
Objectives
The graduate program in Music, leading to the degrees o£ Master of Fine
Arts and Doctor of Philosophy, is designed to provide a command of the
craft of composition and an understanding of the nature, structural basis,
and historical development of music.
Three general fields of study are offered in music:
1. Music Composition. This program leads to the degree of Master
of Fine Arts.
2. Music Composition and Theory. This program leads to the degrees
of Master of Fine Arts and Doctor of Philosophy.
3. History of Music. This program leads to the degrees of Master of
Fine Arts and Doctor of Philosophy.
Students must specialize in one of these areas but are expected to
acquire a background in all three.
*Not to be given in 1965-66.
128 BRAN DEIS UNIVERSITY
Admission
Only a limited number of students will be accepted. The general require-
ments for admission to the Graduate School, as specified in an earlier
section of this catalog, apply to candidates for admission to this area of
study.
Applicants for study in Musical Composition or Music Theory are
required to submit, in addition to a transcript of their undergraduate
records, evidence of qualification in the form of examples of original work
in musical composition and advanced work in musical theory. Applicants
for admission in the History of Music should submit examples of their
prose writing on music as evidence of their ability to handle the language
and specialized vocabulary. Undergraduate theses or term papers will be
satisfactory. This work should be submitted together with the formal Appli-
cation for Admission.
All applicants are expected to have some proficiency at the piano or
on an orchestral instrument. Information about this should be furnished
when making formal application.
Admission is granted for one academic year at a time. Students in
residence must make formal application for readmission to the department
between March 1 and March 15. Readmission will be refused in cases where
students have not demonstrated a capacity for acceptable graduate work.
Faculty
Professor Harold Shapero, Chairman; Professors Arthur Berger, Kenneth
J. Levy (Student Adviser); Visiting Professor Alexei Haieff (Fall
Term); Associate Professors Paul H. Brainard, Robert L. Koff, Cald-
well Titcomb; Assistant Professor Martin Boykan; Miss Madeline
Foley; Messrs. Eugene Lehner, Alvin Lucier, Joel Spiegelman.
Degree Requirements
Master of Fine Arts
Language Requirements.
Group A: French, German, Italian.
Group B: Spanish, Latin, Hebrew, Greek (and other languages at the
discretion of the Music faculty).
A reading knowledge of a language from Group A is normally required
of all applicants for admission to a graduate program in music.
Candidates for the Master's degree specializing in Musical Composition
must possess a reading knowledge of two of the above languages, of which
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 129
at least one must be from Group A. (The combination of Italian and
Spanish will not be approved).
Candidates for the Master's degree specializing in Music Theory or
in History of Music must possess a reading knowledge of two languages in
Group A.
Foreign language course credits will not in themselves constitute fulfill-
ment of the language requirements for advanced degrees. All candidates
must pass language examinations set by the Music faculty and offered peri-
odically during the academic year. Students are urged to take these exami-
nations at the earliest feasible date. In case of failure, an examination may
be taken more than once.
The language examinations are designed to test the students' ability
to make ready and accurate use of critical and literary works. Normally
each examination will contain three passages for written translation into
idiomatic English: (1) classical or modern prose; (2) classical or modern
poetry, often poetry that has been set to music; and (3) critical prose deal-
ing with music. Dictionaries may be used in these examinations.
Instrumental Proficiency. At least moderate proficiency at the piano is
required of all candidates for advanced degrees.
Residence Requirements. Six full courses or the equivalent in half-
courses at the graduate level, completed with distinction, and a thesis are
required of all candidates.
The department normally allows credit for no more than one full
course taken at another institution.
In general, the program is completed in two academic years. Students
should take no more than four full courses in any one year. It is suggested,
however, that students pursue no more than three full courses during the
year in which they take general examinations and submit a thesis. Students
holding teaching assistantships may reduce their load to two courses.
Examinations. Early in March of their first year of study, graduate
students will be expected to pass an examination in the standard literature
of music from the early eighteenth century to the present. Upon admission,
each candidate will receive a list of works to guide his listening.
When their program of study is completed, candidates for the degree
of Master of Fine Arts must pass with distinction written general exami-
nations in theory and history, one of which will be their major field, the
other their minor field.
Thesis. Candidates for the degree of Master of Fine Arts in Music are
required to submit a thesis. For candidates in Musical composition this will
consist of a musical composition, its scope to be approved by the Music
faculty. For candidates in the History of Music or in Music Theory and
130 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Composition it will be an analytical or historical study on a topic acceptable
to the Music faculty. Part of this requirement in Music Theory and Com-
position may be met by an original musical composition.
Doctor of Philosophy
Residence Requirements. A minimum of eight full courses or the
equivalent in half-courses at the graduate level, completed with distinction,
are required of all candidates.
In general, the program will be completed in three academic years.
Applicants who have done graduate work elsewhere may apply for
transfer of credit for such work; a maximum of one year of residence may
be granted.
Instrumental Proficiency. At least moderate proficiency at the piano
is required of all candidates.
Language Requirements. Candidates for the Doctor's degree in Music
must possess a reading knowledge of all three languages in Group A. (In
exceptional cases, the Music faculty may accept a language in Group B in
lieu of Italian).
Examinations. Candidates will be expected to pass with unusual dis-
tinction the written general examination for the M.F.A. After meeting
their language and residence requirements they must pass the special oral
qualifying examination. Upon completion of their dissertation they will be
expected to defend it in an oral examination.
Admission to Candidacy. Students will be admitted to candidacy for
the Ph.D. degree upon successful completion of the written and oral quali-
fying examinations, fulfillment of the language requirements, and the ap-
proval of a dissertation topic.
Dissertation. Candidates for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in the
History of Music or in Music Theory and Composition must submit an
acceptable written dissertation on a subject approved by the Music faculty.
In certain cases, and with the prior approval of the department, qualified
candidates for the degree in Theory and Composition may meet a part of
the dissertation requirement with an original composition.
Written dissertations should demonstrate the competence of the candi-
date as an independent investigator, his critical ability, and his effectiveness
of expression. Upon completion of the dissertation the candidate will be
expected to defend it in an oral examination.
Courses of Instruction
Except in the rarest circumstances, graduate credit is not allowed for courses
numbered below Music 165.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 131
MUSIC 165aR. Elementary Orchestration
The instruments of the orchestra; their construction, ranges and playing
techniques, with a consideration of their use by major composers; the methods of
writing effectively for present-day instruments, individually and in combination;
the mechanics of reading and writing a score.
Written exercises, analysis of scores, study of recorded performances and live
demonstrations. Mr. Lucier
MUSIC 166a. Seminar in Advanced Orchestration Mr. Haieff
*MUSiC 167. Composition in Traditional Forms
The melodic phrase; types of accompaniment; studies in harmonic rhythm;
trio forms, rondo forms, sonata forms, variation forms, and free forms. Analysis
and exercises.
*MUSIC 171b. History and Practice of Music Criticism
An examination of music criticism from the Baroque to the present day, with
special attention to important nineteenth and twentieth century critics.
Prerequisite: A knowledge of music history and theory.
MUSIC COLLOQUIUM
Discussions of special topics led by the faculty and occasional guests. Some of
the sessions will include performances of new works. Required of all graduate
students. Non-credit. Staff and Visiting Lecturers
MUSIC 180. Ethnomusicology Mr. Titcomb
MUSIC 200. Materials of Research
This course will acquaint the student with the main tools and materials of
research, so as to enable him readily to pursue musicological, critical, and analyti-
cal projects in music both old and new. Mr. Titcomb
*MUSIC 201. Collegium Musicum
Studies in music history through coordinated research and performance. Source
and notational problems of selected historical examples will be treated in detail.
Course members will be able to participate, together with members of the staff, in
studio performances. Whenever possible, the course material will be integrated
with that of one or more concurrent advanced courses in music history.
MUSIC 203. Advanced Musical Analysis
Special analytic problems of structural interpretation with emphasis on total
form and intrinsic relation rather than upon the conventions (sonata, rondo,
etc.). Intensive and detailed analysis of scores in terms of such considerations as
the premises of the tonal system. Schenker's concept of musical unity, serial organ-
ization, and the properties of subcollections of the total available pitch material as
formal constraints. Questions of methodology and terminology raised by the "new
theory." Mr. Berger
*MUSIC 222. Seminar in Medieval and Renaissance Music
A comprehensive survey of the history of music from early Christian times
through the end of the sixteenth century.
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
132 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
*MUSIC 223. Seminar in Baroque Music
Studies in historical developments in music of the seventeenth and eighteenth
centuries. Typical full-year projects will include: the cantatas of J. S. Bach; seven-
teenth century keyboard music; history of cantata and oratorio in the seventeenth
century; sonata, suite, concerto; Baroque opera.
MUSIC 224. Seminar in Pre-Classical and Classical Music
Study of historical problems in the music of the middle and late eighteenth
century. Sample topics include: transitional sonata forms through early Haydn
and Mozart; Beethoven's sketch books; stylistic interactions among the Viennese
Classicists; opera from Pergolesi to Mozart. Mr. Brainard
*MUSIC 225. Seminar in Romantic Music
Selected topics in music from Beethoven, Weber, and Schubert to Strauss,
Mahler, and Sibelius. Some consideration will be given to Impressionism and to
the relations between music and the other arts.
MUSIC 228. Seminar in Twentieth Century Techniques
Exercises in composition employing musical materials and organizational
methods developed since about 1900, accompanied by analysis of works of com-
posers from Debussy to the present. Mr. Shapero
MUSIC 232. Problems in Early Notation
Trouv^re notation; modal and mensural notations of the thirteenth centur)';
French and Italian notations of the ars nova; white notation of the fifteenth
century; introduction to Byzantine and Gregorian paleography; readings from the
Medieval theorists. Mr. Levy
*MUSIC 233b. Problems in Fifteenth and Sixteenth Century Music
*MUSIC 238. Studies in Contemporary Music
Seminars devoted to the intensive study of important twentieth century com-
positions. Particular attention will be given to systematic approaches to the most
essential problems of structure.
*MUSIC 263. Canon and Fugue
Principles governing the construction of invertible counterpoint, various kinds
of canon, strict and free fugues. Analysis of classic and modern fugues and detailed
study of Johann Sebastian Bach's Art of the Fugue. Written exercises.
MUSIC 292. Seminar in Composition
Group meetings and individual conferences. Opportunities for the perform-
ance of student works will be provided. Messrs. Berger, Haieff and Shapero
*MUSIC 295b. Problems in Electronic Music
MUSIC 299. Individual Research and Advanced Work
Individual research and advanced work in musical literature, musical history
and in special problems of musical analysis, esthetics, theory and criticism. Staff
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 133
MUSIC 400-405. Dissertation Research
Required of all doctoral candidates.
400.
Mr. Berger
401.
Mr. Brainard
402.
Mr. Levy
403.
Mr. Shapero
405.
Mr. Tit comb
Electronic Music Studio
The facilities of the studio for electronic music, established in 1961, are
available to qualified student composers and provide equipment for magnet-tape
manipulation appropriate to the composition of electronic music and musique-
concrete.
Near Eastern and Judaic Studies
Objectives
The graduate program in Near Eastern and Judaic Studies, leading to the
Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy degrees, is designed to train
scholars and teachers in the various cultures of the Near East and of the
classical and modern Judaic civilization, and to do further research in
these areas. This work is done mainly through study of the relevant lan-
guages and literatures and interpretation of historical sources.
Admission
The general requirements for admission to the Graduate School, as speci-
fied in an earlier section of this catalog, apply to candidates for admission
to this department.
Faculty
Professor Nahum Norbert Glatzer, Chairman: Jewish history. Literature
of the Second Commonwealth. Hebrew historiography. Eschatology.
* Professor Alexander Altmann: History of Jewish philosophy and mysti-
cism. Medieval philosophy. Classical Bible commentaries.
Associate Professor Benjamin Halpern: Modern Near East history. Politi-
cal and social history of Palestine and Israel. Modern Jewish history.
Associate Professor David Neiman: Biblical studies. Ancient Near East.
Associate Professor Nahum M. Sarna: Biblical studies.
Assistant Professor Baruch A. Levine: Semitic languages. Classical He-
brew literature. Dead Sea Scrolls.
Assistant Professor Aryeh L. Motzkin: Arabic language and literature.
History of Islam.
Visiting Lecturer Eugene J. Fleischmann: Jewish philosophy.
Dr. Norman Gottwald: Biblical Apocrypha. Biblical archaeology.
*On Leave. Fall Term.
134 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Program of Study
Among the main fields in the area of Near Eastern and Judaic Studies in
which courses are being given in the Graduate School are:
Semitic Languages and Literatures (Akkadian, Arabic, Aramaic, Egyp-
tian, Hebrew, Syriac).
History of Ancient Near East.
Islamic Studies.
Biblical Studies.
Jewish History.
Medieval Jewish Philosophy and Mysticism.
The Modern Near East.
Contemporary Jewish Studies.
Fields of study not listed here may be approved.
Degree Requirements
Master of Arts
Residence Requirements. The student is required to complete four full
courses in the department. Programs of study are kept flexible; the depart-
ment will consider the needs and interests of each student and advise him
in outlining a program of study— this program may be modified later by
the department. Students may be required to take courses given by other
departments. A student who can, on admission, give evidence of satisfactory
competence in one Semitic language or in one particular field of Near
Eastern and Judaic Studies, will be able to complete the program for his
degree in one year. Additional resident study may be required of less ad-
vanced students.
Language Requirements. Every candidate for the Master of Arts degree
must show proficiency in one Semitic language, and in French or German.
In special cases, another modern foreign language may be substituted for
one of the two listed here. The foreign language requirements are to be
satisfied by examination not later than eight weeks before a candidate is to
receive his degree.
Examination. An oral examination is given at the conclusion of the
student's residence. The examination is organized around two major sub-
jects chosen from the fields of study undertaken by the student and is
designed to test the student's knowledge in those subjects as well as his
ability to relate his information to the large area to which those subjects
belong. A student who fails to pass the examination, or any part of it, may
apply for re-examination, which will take place not earlier than one semes-
ter after the date of the first examination.
AREASOFSTUDYANDCOURSES 135
Thesis. In certain cases, the student is advised to write a thesis which
must be submitted no later than May 1 of the year in which the degree is
to be conferred. In such cases, the student registers in the Dissertation
Colloquium (NEJS 400) which then counts as one of the required four
courses.
Doctor of Philosophy
Residence Requirement. The residence normally required of a Ph.D.
student who is the holder of an M.A. degree is one year (four courses);
a longer residence will be required for part-time students and students
holding teaching assistantships. The main emphasis, however, is placed on
the students' individual research.
Language Requirements. A candidate for the Doctor of Philosophy
degree in this area must show proficiency in two Semitic languages and in
two modern foreign languages, as required by his special field of research.
The candidate must satisfy his language requirements no later than at the
completion of his required residence in the Graduate School.
Examinations. A written or an oral comprehensive examination in
three areas of study (the scope being determined at a conference with the
examining board) is given at the conclusion of the student's residence. A
student who fails to pass the examination, or any part of it, may apply for
a re-examination, which will take place not earlier than one semester after
the date of the first examination.
Admission to Candidacy. A student registered for studies leading to
the Ph.D. degree becomes a candidate for that degree when he has fulfilled
his residence requirements, when the subject and synopsis of his dissertation
have been accepted by the department, when he has passed the comprehen-
sive examinations, and fulfilled the language requirements.
Dissertation and Defense. The student will discuss his plans for a
dissertation with the chairman of the department and the dissertation
supervisor. The conferences on the planning and the program of the dis-
sertation take place in the Dissertation Colloquium (NEJS 400), a course
in which the candidate is to register. Normally, the candidate will continue
working on his dissertation after the completion of his residence, i.e., as a
nonresident student. The dissertation must demonstrate the candidate's
thorough knowledge of the field and his competence in independent
research, and must constitute an original contribution to knowledge. Two
copies of the dissertation, one of which must be the original typescript, are
to be deposited in the office of the department chairman not later than
April 1 of the year in which the candidate plans to take the degree. A defense
of the dissertation will be held.
136 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Courses of Instruction
NEJS 101. Basic Arabic
An introduction to literary' Arabic (classical and modern). Grammar. Reading
of graded texts. Drills in pronunciation.
Open to students who have not previously had instruction in Arabic.
NEJS 102. Intermediate Arabic Mr. Motzkin
Advanced grammatical study coupled with selected readings from representa-
tive classical and modern texts.
Prerequisite: NEJS 101 or its equivalent. Consent of instructor prior to en-
rollment. Mr. Motzkin
NEJS 104a. Aramaic Dialectology
Texts in Biblical, Elephantine, Galilean, and Jewish Babylonian Aramaic will
be studied, introducing the student to the Aramaic culture of Antiquity. No
previous knowledge of Aramaic is required.
Prerequisite: Competence in Biblical Hebrew. Mr. Levine
*NEJS105a. Syriac
Introductory course. Grammar and simple texts.
NEJS 106. Ugaritic
See Mediterranean Studies 138. Mr. Hamori
*NEJS 109a. Archaeology and the Bible
Palestinian archaeology in the context of Near Eastern archaeology and Isra-
elite history. Contribution of archaeology to the solution of Biblical problems.
NEJS Ilia. Biblical Apocrypha
The non-canonical books of Judaism examined in their historical setting.
Consideration of their importance to the Dead Sea Sect and early Christianity.
NEJS 111b. History of the Biblical Text '^'- ^^"^"^^
An account of the growth of the Biblical text and the ancient versions of
the Bible. Mr. Sarna
*NEJS 112a. Biblical Hebrew: Languages
A systematic introduction to Biblical grammar (including syntax). A selection
of pertinent texts will be read.
*NEJS 112b. Biblical Hebrew: Readings of Texts
A continuation of NEJS 112a.
NEJS 115b. The Five Megillot
The texts will be studied in the original, applying philological and exegetical
methods of critical analysis.
Prerequisite: Competence in Biblical Hebrew. Mr. Levine
NEJS 116b. The Book of Job and the Problem of Evil
A reading of the Book of Job (in English translation) and a discussion of the
role of the book in the literature and thought of the Western world; the problem
of evil in Judaism and Christianity. Mr. Glatzer
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 137
NEJS 118a. The Priestly Writings of the Pentateuch
The literary and historical traditions of the priestly writings in Exodus, Levit-
icus and Numbers will be examined with attention to relevant archaeological
finds and extra-Biblical sources from the ancient Near East. Mr. Levine
NEJS 119a. The Prophecies of Ezekiel
A reading of the Book of Ezekiel. The nature of Israelite prophetic experience.
Readings in other Biblical books relevant to Ezekiel. Mr. Sarna
NEJS 119b. The Minor Prophets
A reading of Nahum, Habakkuk, and Zephaniah and an examination of the
concepts underlying their prophecies. Mr. Sarna
NEJS 120b. Readings in Talmudic Literature
Selections from the Tractate Gittin studied in the original with emphasis on
the history of Rabbinic legal institutions. Mr. Levine
*NEJS 121a. Introduction to Jewish Mysticism
An analysis of the stages of the. development of Jewish mysticism from the
Tannaitic period to the appearance of the Zohar and down to Hasidism.
*NEJS 121b. Selected Texts from Genesis Rabba
A study of the earliest documents of midrashic speculation on cosmological
and kindred problems. Tracing of Hellenistic, especially Gnostic sources. The
origins of Jewish mysticism.
*NEJS 122a. Classical Bible Commentaries
Selected texts, primarily from Rashi, ibn Ezra, Nahmanides, and David Kimhi's
commentaries. Introduction to the history of the medieval interpretation of the
Bible. A knowledge of Hebrew is required.
NEJS 126a. History of the Jews in Antiquity and the Middle Ages
The organization and function of the Jewish community; intellectual develop-
ments and changes in religious doctrine; mysticism; Messianic movements; the
Jewish community in European economic life. Mr. Glatzer
NEJS 126b. History of the Jews in Modern Times
The emancipation of the Jews in Western Europe; the Haskalah movement.
The great migrations to the West. Renaissance of Hebrew culture; anti-Semitism,
Zionism. Problems of contemporary Jewish life in the United States. Mr. Halpern
*NEJS 135a. Maimonides' Guide to the Perplexed
A study of selected chapters as focal points in the development of medieval
Jewish philosophy. A knowledge of Hebrew is required.
NEJS 135b. Medieval Jewish Philosophy
A survey of the various phases of Jewish philosophy from the 10th century
until the Renaissance. Mr. Altmann
*Not to be given in 1965-66.
138 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
NEJS 137a. Spinoza
A presentation of the major trends in Spinoza's thought, his ethics, politics,
and criticism of religion. See Philosophy 137a. Mr. Fleischmarin
*NEJS 138a. Modern Hebrew Poetry
Extensive readings in the poetry of H. N. Bialik and Saul Tchernichowsky in
the context of contemporary European literature.
*NEJS 138b. Modern Hebrew Prose
An examination of ideological and formal problems of the modern Hebrew
short story through selected readings.
NEJS 139a. Ahad Haam and His Time
Reading and discussion of essays of Ahad Haam, Berdichevsky, Bialik, Bren-
ner, A. D. Gordon, and Klatzkin. A seminar.
Reading knowledge of Hebrew is required. Mr. Halpern
*NEJS 142a. History of Islam
History of the medieval Islamic World from its inception up to the decline of
the Mamluks and ascendancy of the Ottoman Turks. The social, economic and
intellectual development will be outlined with special emphasis on relations with
the medieval West.
NEJS 143a. Islamic Institutions
Basic trends of the religious, political and social developments in classical
Islam. Qur'an and tradition. Scholastic theology. Mysticism. The legal systems.
State, cities, religious brotherhoods, guilds. Islam and the modern world.
Mr. Motzkin
NEJS 146b. Nationalism in the Near East
A comparative historical analysis of the theory and practice of nationalism in
the Ottoman Empire and its successor states from 1800 to 1920. The Balkan,
North African, Turkish, Egyptian and Arab movements compared with European
models. Mr. Halpern
NEJS 151b. Introduction to islamic Philosophy
The rise of Greek philosophy among the Arabs. Farabi, Avicenna, Ghazzali,
Averroes. Selections in translation will be read and discussed. Mr. Motzkin
NEJS 160a. American Jewish Institutional History
Social history of American Jewry from colonial times to the Second World
War. Emphasis on the development of communal institutions. Mr. Halpern
*NEJS 166a. Modem Jewish Intellectual History to 1870
Jewish ideologies and movements from the Enlightenment to the rise of
political anti-Semitism.
*NEJS 166b. Modern Jewish Intellectual History since 1870
Jewish ideologies and movements from the rise of political anti-Semitism to
the present.
*Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 139
NEJS 167a. Historical Theories in Modern Jewish Thought
This course surveys the emergence of modern Jewish historiography and its
relationship to Jewish thought. The works of Krochmal, Zunz, Geiger, Jost, Graetz,
Hermann Cohen, and Franz Rosenzweig will be discussed. Mr. Fleischmann
*NEJS 225b. North-West Semitic Inscriptions
Selected readings of inscriptions in their historical context.
*NEJS 258b. studies in Eschatological Theories
Messianic and Apocalyptic concepts in the Old Testament prophets. Apocry-
pha and the Dead Sea writings in post-Biblical Judaism and early Christianity;
Messianic movements in the Middle Ages.
NEJS 260b. Topics in American Jewish History
A research seminar. Mr. Halpern
*NEJS 263b. Pro-Seminar on the History of Modern Palestine and Israel
Topics in the diplomatic history of the region. Bibliography, problems,
methods of research.
NEJS 320. Readings in Jewish History Mr. Glatzer
NEJS 321. • Readings in the History of the Ancient Near East Mr. Neiman
NEJS 322b. Readings in Medieval Jewish Philosophy Mr. Altmann
NEJS 325. Readings in Biblical Texts Messrs. Levine, Neiman and Sarna
NEJS 326. Readings in Islamic Civilization Mr. Motzkin
NEJS 327. Readings in Syriac Literature Mr. Levine
NEJS 329. Readings in Modern Near East and Modern Jewish History Mr. Halpem
*NEJS 360a. Source Studies in Jewish History: Second Commonwealth
Source studies in the history and culture of Palestine from 538 B.C. to 70
A.D.
*NEJS 375a. The Zohar: Selected Texts
*NEJS 380a. Moses Mendelssohn and Beginnings of Modern Jewry
A seminar studying the transition of Jews from the Ghetto into the European
world. Analysis of important literary documents of the period.
NEJS 400-405. Dissertation Colloquium
Independent research for the Ph.D. degree.
400. Mr. Altmann
401. Mr. Glatzer
402. Mr. Halpern
403. Mr. Levine
404. Mr. Neiman
405. Mr. Sarna
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
140 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Philosophy
Objectives
The graduate program in philosophy is designed to prepare students for
careers in philosophy as scholars and teachers. It places traditional em-
phasis on logic, epistemology, metaphysics, value theory and the history of
philosophy. The number of students admitted to the program is small and
the most important part of a student's work is done in small seminars and
tutorials under close faculty supervision.
Admission
In addition to the general requirements for admission to the Graduate
School as specified in an earlier section of this catalog, applicants for ad-
mission to the graduate program in philosophy should have had at least
one year of history of philosophy and at least one course in logic.
Faculty
Associate Professor Frederic Sommers, Chairman: Philosophy of lan-
guage. Metaphysics. History of philosophy.
*Professor Nelson Goodman: Cognitive studies. Epistemology.
Professor Henry DAvm Aiken: Ethics. American philosophy. Social
philosophy.
Professor Stephen Toulmin: Philosophy of science. History of science.
Professor John van Heijenoort: Logic. History of logic.
Associate Professor Peter Diamandopoulos: History of ancient philoso-
phy. History of science.
** Associate Professor Harold Weisberg: Philosophy of the social sciences.
Social philosophy. Philosophy of religion.
Assistant Professor Daniel C. Bennett: Philosophy of mind. History of
philosophy. Social philosophy.
Assistant Professor Gerasimos X. Santas: History of ancient philosophy.
Ethics.
Degree Requirements
All programs will be worked out in consultation with the student's adviser.
Master of Arts
Generally only candidates for the Ph.D. degree are accepted, although
•On Leave, 1965-66
**On Leave, Fall Term.
AREASOFSTUDYANDCOURSES 141
in some cases an M.A. degree will be awarded upon satisfactory completion
of the following requirements:
1 . One year's residence as a full time student.
2. Successful completion of a prescribed schedule of courses.
3. Passing qualifying examinations in logic, history of philosophy, and
a special text examination.
4. Demonstration of proficiency in either French or German.
Doctor of Philosophy
The degree requirements for the Ph.D. degree are as follows:
1. Residence as a full-time student for two years.
2. Successful completion of a prescribed schedule of courses.
3. Passing all qualifying examinations with distinction.
4. Demonstration of proficiency in either French or German.
5. Admission to candidacy.
6. Submission of a doctoral dissertation approved by the department.
7. Successful defense of the dissertation.
Program of Study. Each student will be assigned a tutor who will
advise him on his course of study and guide him in his preparation for the
qualifying examinations. First year students are required to take the pro-
seminar in philosophy (Philosophy 200) and six additional semester
courses, four of which must be within the Philosophy Department. Second
year students are required to take two semester courses from the 200 series
and six additional semester courses. The student is also encouraged to take
some work in a field other than philosophy that is related to his area of con-
centration. Such work may be taken in the first or second year and will count
toward the fulfillment of the residence and course requirements for the Ph.D.
It must have the prior approval of the student's adviser and the department
chairman. A second year student may not take more than two semester read-
ing courses in the 300 series; these must also be approved by his adviser and
the department chairman.
Qualifying Examinations. Qualifying examinations are given each fall
and spring in logic, epistemology and metaphysics, value theory, history of
philosophy and on a philosophical text. The title of the text will be an-
nounced four months before the examination is given. The text examina-
tion and the examination in logic and epistemology must be taken in the
spring of the first year of study. All examinations must be passed with dis-
tinction within thirty months of initial enrollment in order to qualify for
the Ph.D. degree. No examination may be taken more than twice.
142 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Language Requirement. A proficient reading knowledge of either
French or German is required. A student must take an examination in
either language by the spring term of his first year in residence and must
meet the language requirement no later than the beginning of his fifth
term in residence. Language examinations will be given early in the fall
and spring terms. The department reserves the right to establish additional
language requirements when necessary for a student's doctoral research.
Admission to Candidacy. A student may be admitted to candidacy for
the Ph.D. degree when he has completed his residence requirement, has
passed with distinction all of the qualifying examinations, has fulfilled the
language requirement and when the subject of his dissertation has been
approved by the department.
Dissertation Topic Oral Examination. To meet the final requirement
for admission to candidacy, a student must have departmental approval of
a thesis prospectus and must pass with distinction an oral examination in
the general area of his proposed topic.
Dissertation and Defense. When a student has been admitted to candi-
dacy, the department chairman will appoint a dissertation adviser and a
dissertation committee. The dissertation will be written under the supervi-
sion of this committee and when it has been read and accepted by the
committee a final oral examination will be scheduled wherein the candi-
date will defend his dissertation.
Courses of Instruction
PHILOSOPHY 104a. Pre-Socratic Philosophy
An intensive study of the fragments of the Pre-Socratics. A study of the tran-
sition from myth to philosophy. Mr. Diamandopoulos
PHILOSOPHY 105a. Plato
An introduction to Plato's thought through an intensive reading of several
major dialogues. Among the topics discussed will be the Socratic method, Socratic
and Platonic ethics, Plato's conception of the soul, knowledge, and existence.
Mr. Santas
PHILOSOPHY 105b. Aristotle
Lectures on Aristotle's views on Knowledge, Being, the Cosmos, the Soul, and
human life. Extensive reading from Organon, Metaphysics, Physics, De Anima,
Ethics and Politics will be required. Messrs. Diamandopoulos and Sommers
PHILOSOPHY 115b. Intermediate Logic
Informal and axiomatic development of quantification theory. Notions of
consequence, theorem, proof. Semantics of quantification, semantical completeness
of the theory. Naive set theory, the nature of formal systems. Mr. van Heijenoort
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 143
*PHILOSOPHY 117b. Ethical Theory
An examination of the main types of contemporary ethical theories, including
naturalism, intuitionism, and emotivism. Analysis of ethical concepts. Elem.ents of
normative systems. Varieties of relativism.
PHILOSOPHY 118b. Philosophy and the Idea of Nature
The roots of philosophical problems in natural science, with particular refer-
ence to the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Mr. Toulmin
PHILOSOPHY 119a. Theory of Knowledge
Such questions as the nature of truth, the reliability of sense perception, and
the problem of a priori knowledge will be discussed. Mr. Bennett
PHILOSOPHY 121a. Foundations of Mathematics
Formal systems. Godel's theorems and consequences. Consistency proofs of
arithmetic. Introduction to the theory of recursive functions. Hilbert's program
and intuitionism. Mr. van Heijenoort
*PHILOSOPHY 131a. Theory of Symbols
Types and functions of symbols and symbolic schemes in perception and cog-
nition, and in the arts and sciences. Languages and notations; discursive, digital,
and analog systems. Representation, expression, description. Models and metaphors.
PHILOSOPHY 133b. Contemporary Philosophy
A review of recent philosophical thought. Mr. van Heijenoort
PHILOSOPHY 137a. Spinoza
A presentation of the major trends in Spinoza's thought, his ethics, politics,
and criticism of religion. Mr. Fleischmann
*PHILOSOPHY 143a. Continental Rationalism
Intensive study of selected texts from Descartes, Spinoza and Leibnitz.
PHILOSOPHY 143b. British Empiricism
Intensive study of selected texts from Locke, Berkeley and Hume. Mr. Weisberg
PHILOSOPHY 144b. Medieval Philosophy
A survey of the development of philosophy from the Patristic Age to High
Scholasticism. Mr. Altmann
*PHILOSOPHY 147a. American Pragmatism
An historical survey and analysis of the pragmatic tradition in American
philosophy. Selected texts of Peirce, James, Dewey and C. I. Lewis will be dis-
cussed.
PHILOSOPHY 151b. Social and Political Philosophy
The problem of justifying social and political beliefs, including a critical
examination of leading attempts to justify such beliefs by appeal to history,
natural law, human nature and theology. Mr. Bennett
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
144 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
PHILOSOPHY 158b. Metaphysics
An examination of ontological categories, their structure and formation.
Mr. Sommers
*PHILOSOPHY 167b. Kant
PHILOSOPHY 200. Pro-Seminar
Required of all first year students. Mr. Sommers and Staff
*PHILOSOPHY 205a. Seminar in Modern Philosophy
PHILOSOPHY 205b. Seminar in Ancient Philosophy Mr. Santas
PHILOSOPHY 215b. Seminar on the History of Logic Mr. van Heijenoort
PHILOSOPHY 222a. Seminar in Ethics Mr. Aiken
*PHILOSOPHY 225b. Seminar in the Philosophy of History and the Social Sciences
PHILOSOPHY 226a. The Idea of Historical Development
Transformations in ideas about the antiquity, and the patterns of change of
society and of nature, with special reference to the period 1700-1875. Mr. Toulmin
*PHILOSOPHY 232b. Logical Structure of Experience
*PHILOSOPHY 245b. Seminar in the Philosophy of Science
PHILOSOPHY 256a. Seminar in the Philosophy of Mind Mr. Bennett
*PHILOSOPHY 257a. Seminar in the Theory of Knowledge
^PHILOSOPHY 258b. Seminar in Metaphysics
PHILOSOPHY 300a and b. Readings in Philosophy Staff
PHILOSOPHY 400-408. Dissertation Research
Independent research for the Ph.D. degree.
400. Mr. Sommers
401. Mr. Aiken
402. Mr. Weisberg
403. Mr. Diamandopoulos
404. Mr. Toulmin
405. Mr. Bennett
406. Mr. van Heijenoort
407. Mr. Santas
408. Mr. Goodman
Philosophy Colloquium
The Philosophy Colloquium meets monthly and attendance is required. Dis-
tinguished visitors read papers and discuss their current work at these colloquia.
*Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 145
Physics
Objectives
The graduate program in physics is designed to equip the student with a
broad understanding of all major fields of physics and to train him to carry
out independent original research. This objective is to be attained by
formal course work and supervised research projects. As the number of
students who are accepted is limited, a close contact between students and
faculty is maintained, permitting close supervision and guidance of each
student.
Advanced degrees will be granted upon evidence by the student of
his knowledge, understanding and proficiency in classical and modern
physics, and in mathematics. The satisfactory completion of advanced
courses will constitute partial fulfillment of these requirements. Research
upon which theses may be based, with residence at Brandeis, can be carried
out in the following areas:
Theoretical Physics: Quantum theory of fields; meson theory; quan-
tum electrodynamics; elementary particle physics; general theory of rela-
tivity; nuclear physics; quantum statistical mechanics; thermodynamics of
irreversible processes; quantum theory of the solid state; the many-body
problem; kinetic theory of ionized gases; plasma physics; theoretical astro-
physics.
Astrophysics: Stellar constitution; stellar and galactic evolution; radi-
ative transfer; cosmology and cosmogony; stellar mechanics.
Experimental Physics: Nuclear physics; high energy experimental
physics, primarily work with bubble chambers on the properties of the
strange particles; atomic and molecular beams; optical pumping; solid
state physics; nuclear magnetic resonance; phase transition phenomena;
low temperature physics.
Admission
As a rule, only candidates for the Ph.D. degree will be accepted. The general
requirements for admission to the Graduate School apply to candidates for
admission to the graduate area in physics. Admission to advanced courses
in physics will be granted following a conference with the student at en-
trance.
Faculty
Professor Silvan S. Schweber, Chairman: Quantum theory of fields. Ele-
mentary particle physics. Quantum theory of multiparticle systems.
Professor Stephan Berko: Atomic physics. Nuclear physics. Properties of
solids. Magnetism.
146 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Professor Stanley Deser: Quantum theory of fields. Elementary particles.
General relativity.
Professor David L. Falkoff: Classical and quantum statistical mechanics.
Irreversible processes. Quantum theory of solids.
Professor Eugene P. Gross: Quantum theoi7 of multiparticle systems.
Quantum theory of solids. Kinetic theory. Plasma physics.
Visiting Professor Oskar Klein (Jacob Ziskind Visiting Professor): General
relativity. Cosmology. Elementary particles.
Professor Edgar Lipworth: Atomic and molecular beams. Optical pump-
ing. Lasers.
Professor Raymond A. Lyttleton, F.R.S. (Jacob Ziskind Visiting Processor
from St. John's College, Cambridge, England): Cosmology. Astrophys-
ics. Origin of the solar system.
Associate Professor Max Chretien: Experimental high energy physics. Ele-
mentary particles.
Associate Professor of Astrophysics Jack S. Goldstein, Director, Astrophys-
ics Institute: Astrophysics. Radiative transfer. Stellar interiors.
Associate Professor Marcus T. Grisaru: Field theory. Mathematical physics.
Elementary particles.
Visiting Professor Minoru Nishida (Kyoto University): Astrophysics. Stellar
evolution.
Associate Professor Howard Schnitzer: Nuclear theory. Elementary par-
ticle theory.
Associate Professor Sanford E. Wolf: High energy experimental physics.
Visiting Assistant Professor Steve P. Heims: Solid state theory.
Assistant Professor Peter Heller: Solid state experimental physics. Nu-
clear magnetic resonance.
Assistant Professor Christoph Hohenemser: Experimental atomic and nu-
clear physics.
Assistant Professor Daniel J. Kleitman: Theory of fields and particles.
Assistant Professor Hugh N. Pendleton III: Elementary particles. S-matrix
theory. Quantum theory of atoms, molecules and solids.
Assistant Professor Marcel Schneeberger: High energy experimental phys-
ics.
Visiting Assistant Professor of Astrophysics Mumtaz Zaidi (from University
of Nebraska): Atomic physics. Many-body problem and statistical
mechanics.
Dr. Asher Adler: Experimental atomic and nuclear physics.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 147
Degree Requirements
Program of Study. The requirements for advanced degrees in the De-
partment of Physics are as follows:
Master of Arts
1. One year's residence as a full-time student.
2. Eighteen semester hours of advanced courses in physics.
A thesis on an approved topic may be accepted in place of a semester
course.
3. Reading knowledge of French, German, or Russian.
4. Satisfactory performance in the General Examination.
Doctor of Philosophy
1. Two years' residence as a full-time student.
2. Twenty-seven semester hours of advanced courses in physics.
3. Reading knowledge of two foreign languages chosen from French, Ger-
man and Russian. (Italian may be substituted for French.) A knowledge
of computer programming may be substituted for a second language.
4. Outstanding performance in the General Examination.
5. Passing of an Advanced Examination in topics related to the student's
thesis subject. This examination will normally be taken after preparatory
studies in the prospective field of research.
6. Doctoral thesis and final oral examination.
Program of Study and Course Requirements. Normally, first year grad-
uate students will elect lecture courses from the 100 series; second year
students from the 200 series. To obtain credit toward residence for a grad-
uate course taken at Brandeis, a student must achieve a final grade of "A"
or "B" in that course. A student who obtains a grade lower than "B" or an
"Incomplete" in two or more courses in any term will not be allowed to
continue his studies beyond the end of that academic year. (A course from
which a student withdraws after midterm will be considered as "Incom-
plete.")
A student may obtain credit for advanced courses taken at another
institution provided their level corresponds to the level of the graduate
courses at Brandeis and that he obtained an honor grade in these courses.
Residence Requirements. A student may obtain up to one year's resi-
dence credit toward the Ph.D. requirements for graduate studies taken at
another institution. No transfer residence credit will be allowed toward
fulfillment of the Master's requirements.
Language Examinations. The language examination consists of a writ-
ten translation of a scientific text into English. It is arranged informally
148 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
between the student and the foreign language examiner. The computer
programming examination consists of three parts:
In Part 1 a student is given a problem which will require a reasonably
complete knowledge of Fortran and some non-trivial logic. The student
will be expected to know how to punch the cards, assemble the program
("debug" if necessary), check correctness of calculation, etc., and present
printed results to the examining committee.
In Part 2 the above procedure is repeated on a different problem;
however, SPS programming must be used.
Part 3 consists of an oral examination in which the student should
demonstrate a general knowledge of computers (their usefulness, logical
and memory capacity speeds, etc.).
For further information concerning the computing examination, con-
sult the Director of the Computer Center.
General Examination. The General Examination will be given twice a
year, during the week preceding each semester and should be taken by all
degree students by the end of their third term. One language examination
must be taken before the General Examination.
The General Examination is designed to test whether a student has
understood and integrated the material of his undergraduate and first year
graduate studies. It consists of a series of written three-hour examinations
and of an oral examination. Its contents are not related to particular
lectures at Brandeis. To prepare for the General Examination the student
is advised to study the questions asked in previous examinations, copies of
which are available in the department office.
The General Examination should be taken before the fourth term of
study at Brandeis. Qualified students are encouraged to take it earlier.
Students with a Master's degree from another university must take it
within a year after entering Brandeis.
Outstanding performance on the General Examination qualifies a stu-
dent for a Master's degree and allows him to present himself for the Ad-
vanced Examinations. Satisfactory but not outstanding performance quali-
fies a student for the Master's degree. The student may present himself,
within a year, for re-examination on those parts of the General Examina-
tion in which his performance was not outstanding. In the case of unsatis-
factory performance a student may either be asked to withdraw from the
University or he may be allowed, within a year, to take the General Exam-
ination again.
Advanced Examination. The Advanced Examination is designed to
test the student's knowledge and abilities in his chosen field of research.
After passing the General Examination, the student begins work with an
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 149
adviser who guides his research program. The adviser should be a member
of the Brandeis faculty but in special circumstances may be a physicist
associated with another research institution. The adviser will work out a
program of study to familiarize the student with current research in his
field and to explore possible dissertation topics. The Graduate Committee
of the Physics Faculty will then appoint a dissertation committee, to which
the student must submit a written progress report at the end of each term.
The student's dissertation adviser will be the chairman of the dissertation
committee. The Advanced Examination will cover the student's field of
research, as well as closely related topics, and will be taken on a date set by
the adviser within three terms of passing the General Examination. It will
be administered by the dissertation committee, which will determine its
content and form (written or oral). Depending upon the recommendation
of his adviser and his performance in the Advanced Examination, the
committee will recommend the student for admission to candidacy for the
doctorate, allow him a second attempt, or request him to withdraw from
the University.
Dissertation and Final Oral Examination. The doctoral dissertation
must represent a piece of original research of a standard acceptable to a
faculty committee (dissertation committee) appointed for each Ph.D. can-
didate. The final oral examination, or defense, is an examination in which
the student will be asked questions pertaining to his dissertation research.
Courses of Instruction
PHYSICS lOOa. Theoretical Mechanics
Mechanics of point systems. Lagrangian and Hamiltonian methods. Small
vibrations. Transformation theory. Integral invariants. Kinematics and dynamics
of rigid bodies. Perturbation theory. Relativistic mechanics. Mr. Goldstein
PHYSICS 100b. Continuum Mechanics
The mechanics of continuous media. Hydrodynamics; non-linear phenomena;
shock waves. Mr. Golden
PHYSICS 101a and b. Electromagnetic Theory
Electrostatics, magnetostatics, boundary value problems. Maxwell's Equations.
Quasi-stationary phenomena. Radiation. To be announced
PHYSICS 102a and b. Quantum Mechanics
A critical review of the experiments leading to the quantum hypothesis.
Representations, pictures, operator methods. Schrodinger equation and applica-
tions. Spin. Addition of angular momenta; helium spectrum. PauH Principle.
Atomic and molecular structure. Elementary scattering theory: atomic and nuclear
scattering. Mr. Grisaru
150 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
PHYSICS 103a. Low Energy Nuclear Physics
Experimental methods. Phenomenology of nuclear properties. Two-nucleon
problem. Models for nuclear structure. Radioactivity. Mr. Chretien
PHYSICS 103b. High Energy Nuclear Physics
High energy accelerators and particle detectors. Relativistic kinematics. Classi-
fication schemes of elementary particles. Mr. Wolf
*PHYSiCS 104a. IVIodern Atomic and Molecular Physics
Microwave spectroscopy, NMR, atomic beams, optical pumping, masers and
lasers.
*PHYSICS 104b. Solid State Physics
Thermal, electric and magnetic properties of solids. Lattice vibrations. Specific
heat. Band theory of solids. Fermi surface.
PHYSICS 109a and b. Advanced Laboratory
2 credits. Air. Hohenemser
PHYSICS 110a. Mathematical Physics
Linear vector spaces: matrices, operators, Hilbert spaces. Orthogonal functions.
Probability theory. Mr. Deser
PHYSICS 110b. Mathematical Physics
Complex variables. Differential equations. Boundary value problems. Special
functions. Integral equations. Numerical methods. To he announced
PHYSICS 200a. Special Theory of Relativity
Foundations of the special theory. Lorentz transformations. Four-dimensional
formulation of physics. Relativistic mechanics. Classical theory of fields. Mr. Klein
PHYSICS 200b. General Theory of Relativity
Physical background— the equivalence principle. Mathematical background-
tensor analysis, affine spaces, Riemann manifolds. The Einstein field equations and
their physically important special solutions. Experimental verification. The gravi-
tational field as a dynamical system; application of field theoretical methods.
Mr. Deser
*PHYSICS 201a. Thermodynamics and Kinetic Theory
Thermodynamics. Chemical reactions. Irreversible processes. Kinetic theory.
Diffusion. Boltzmann equation.
*PHYSICS 201b. Statistical Mechanics
Ensembles and phase space. Maxwell-Boltmann distribution. Boltzmann's H-
theorem. Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac distributions. The quantum mechanical
H-theorem. Statistical explanation of thermodynamics. Applications: theory of con-
densation, low temperature phenomena.
PHYSICS 202a and b. Advanced Quantum Mechanics
Formal theory of scattering. Relativistic one particle equations. Elementary
quantization of radiation field. Feynman positron theory and applications.
Messrs. Schnitzer and Schweber
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 151
*PHYSICS 203a. Nuclear Physics
Low energy nuclear phenomena. Nuclear forces. Theory of nuclear reactions.
Beta-decay. Liquid drop model. Shell model, collective model.
PHYSICS 203b. Elementary Particle Physics
Pair production. Compton effect, Bremstrahlung. Cosmic ray phenomena.
High energy meson and nuclear phenomena. Mr. Pendleton
PHYSICS 204a. Solid State Physics
Adiabatic approximation. Molecular structure. Electronic structure of solids.
Specific heats. Theory of electric and thermal conductivity of solids. Electron-
lattice interactions. Superconductivity. Collective interactions in solids. Mr. Gross
*PHYSICS 208a. Astrophysics
Hertzsprung-Russell diagram. Classification of stellar systems. Physics of stellar
interiors. Radiative transfer problems. Abundances of the elements. Magneto
hydrodynamics. Physics of the interstellar medium.
*PHYSICS 208b. Gas Dynamics and Magneto Gas Dynamics
*PHYS1CS 209. Laboratory Seminar
Analysis of some important recent experiments (such as molecular beams,
cyclotron, etc.) to understand apparatus and techniques. 1 credit.
*PHYSICS 302b. Quantum Theory of Fields
The theory of interacting quantized fields. Quantum electrodynamics. Mesody-
namics. Field theoretical description of the v^^eak and strong interactions.
PHYSICS 303b. Quantum Theory of Solids
The application of the principles of quantum mechanics to the solid state.
Messrs. Berko and Falkoff
PHYSICS 310a,b. Group Theory and Applications
The application of group theory to problems in quantum mechanics and
elementary particle physics. Messrs. Grisaru and Kleitman
PHYSICS 321. Seminar in Special and General Relativity Messrs. Klein and Deser
*PHYSICS 323. Seminar in Quantum Theory of Fields
*PHYSICS 324a. Seminar in Advanced Statistical Mechanics
PHYSICS 325a. Seminar in Astrophysics
Various topics in astrophysics, including theories of formation of the solar
system. Mr. Lyttleton
Research Courses
PHYSICS 401. Experimental Atomic and Molecular Physics Messrs. Berko and Lipworth
PHYSICS 402. Theoretical Atomic and Molecular Physics Mr. Pendleton
PHYSICS 403. Experimental Nuclear Physics Messrs. Berko and Hohenemser
PHYSICS 404. Theoretical Nuclear Physics Messrs. Gross and Schnitzer
PHYSICS 405. Experimental Elementary Particle Physics
Messrs. Chretien, Schneeberger and Wolf
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
152 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
PHYSICS 406. Theoretical Elementary Particle Physics
Messrs. Deser, Grisani, Pendleton, Schnitzer and Schweber
PHYSICS 407. Experimental Solid State Physics
Messrs. Berko, Heller and Hohenemser
PHYSICS 408. Theoretical Solid State Physics Messrs. Falkoff and Gross
PHYSICS 409. Relativity Mr. Deser
PHYSICS 410. Mathematical Physics Messrs. Deser, Grisam, Kleitman, and Schweber
PHYSICS 411. Statistical Physics Messrs. Falkoff and Gross
PHYSICS 412. Astrophysics Messrs. Goldstein, Nishida and Zaidi
Politics
A new graduate program in Politics, leading to the degree of Doctor of
Philosophy, will begin operation in the academic year 1966-67.
Detailed information may be had by writing to the Dean, Graduate
School of Arts and Sciences, Brandeis University, Waltham, Massachusetts
02154.
Psychology
Objectives
The graduate program in psychology leading to the degree of Doctor of
Philosophy is designed for students of promise in the field of general
psychology. Theoretical, historical and experimental studies and research
projects rather than formal course training will be emphasized. Courses
and seminars in special areas, such as clinical psychology, are offered to all
graduate students, but no specialized training or special degrees are given.
Graduate programs will be arranged individually in consultation with fac-
ulty members.
All regular graduate students must pursue programs leading to the
Ph.D. degree. Special students, who are not candidates for a degree, may
occasionally be admitted; such admissions are for one year at a time. Candi-
dates for the degree of Master of Arts are not admitted, although that
degree may be granted when such an action seems in the best interest of
the student. In these cases, the degree is based on the successful completion
of a year of regular graduate work, the demonstration of a reading profi-
ciency in one foreign language, and the completion of a Master's thesis. A
paper presented before a learned society or one accepted for publication by
a learned journal may be accepted in lieu of a Master's thesis. A qualifying
examination may also be required.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 153
Admission
The general requirements for admission to the Graduate School, as speci-
fied in an earlier section of this catalog, apply to candidates for admission
to this area of study.
An undergraduate major in psychology is not required, although it
will be favored. Students with inadequate preparation may make up their
deficiencies during their first year, but without residence credit. Preference
will be given to students who have completed, in addition to basic courses
in theoretical and experimental psychology, a broad liberal arts program
with some training in the natural and social sciences. Students will be
admitted on a competitive basis which will include evaluation of previous
academic record and the results of the Graduate Record Examinations
(Advanced, Aptitude and Profile Tests), and the Miller Analogies Test.
Faculty
Professor Ricardo B. Morant, Chairman: Experimental psychology. De-
velopmental psychology. Perceptual mechanisms. Sensation and per-
ception.
Professor Eugenia Hanfmann: Clinical psychology. Personality theory.
Professor Richard M. Jones: Educational psychology. Social psychology.
Psychotherapy.
Professor George A. Kelly: Personality theory. Theory of personal con-
structs. ClinicaJ psychology.
*Professor Abraham H. Maslow: Personality theory. Transcendence theory.
Experiential approaches to personality.
Professor Harry Rand: Clinical practice and training.
Associate Professor James B. Klee: Motivation and emotion. Symbolic
and cognitive processes. Human and animal learning.
♦Associate Professor Ulric Neisser: Experimental psychology. Human and
animal learning. Cognitive processes.
Associate Professor Marianne L. Simmel: Sensory physiology. Cognitive
processes. Perception.
Assistant Professor Harvey London: Social psychology. Group dynamics.
Assistant Professor Melvin Schnall: Child and developmental psychol-
ogy.
Assistant Professor Mark Spivak: Social psychology. Group psychodynam-
ics. Social psychiatry.
Assistant Professor Jerome Wodinsky: Comparative psychology. Learning
theory. Sensory physiology.
Adjunct Lecturer Donald B. Giddon: Physiological psychology. Psycho-
somatic relations.
*On Leave, 1965-66.
154 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Degree Requirements
Doctor of Philosophy
Four years of full-time graduate study are usually required for the Ph.D.
An individual program will be arranged in consultation with each student.
During the first two years, the student will carry fifteen credit units per
semester. The ordinary program includes (a) three units in Psychology 300
(Departmental Colloquium); (b) three units in Psychology 200 (Research);
(c) Psychology 290-297 (Readings); and (d) three units in each of two other
seminars or courses at the 100 level or above. In addition, students may audit
any other courses or seminars with the permission of the instructor.
Evaluation of Proficiency. A. Students are expected to achieve a thor-
ough knowledge of fundamentals in certain areas of psychology during
their first three years. Two general areas and six special areas have been de-
fined by the faculty as follows:
a. General Areas:
1. History and Systems
2. Statistical Methods
b. Special Areas:
Group A : Experimental Areas
1. Sensation and Perception
2. Learning and Thinking
3. Physiological and Comparative Psychology
Group B: Dynamic Areas
4. Personality and Motivation
5. Psychopathology and Clinical Psychology
6. Child and Social Psychology
The student's level of proficiency in the two general areas will be
determined by written examinations. In addition, the student will select
three areas, two from one of the groups, A or B, listed above and one from
the other group, B or A, in which he will be examined by a committee of the
faculty. These latter examinations may be oral or written, at the option of
the student.
Some competence is required also in the areas not selected for exami-
nation. Successful completion of a relevant undergraduate or graduate
course or seminar will ordinarily satisfy this requirement, but a formal
paper or examination may be requested.
Examinations may be taken separately. Written examinations will or-
dinarily be offered three times a year, in October, January and May. Oral
examinations will be offered throughout the academic year and summer by
individual arrangement with the faculty. Students wishing to take oral or
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 155
written examinations should register with the department secretary three
weeks before the examination is to be scheduled.
Examinations will be based on the content covered in the reading lists
prepared by the faculty each year. A designated faculty member will be
available for consultation concerning preparation for any given examina-
tion. This preparation may take the form of a reading course.
Students are expected to take at least two examinations prior to the
end of their third term in residence, and to fulfill all requirements described
in this section by the end of the third year in residence.
Individual Research. Each student is expected to engage in collabora-
tive or independent research, with the aim of developing competence in
the planning, practice, and evaluation of research. Research work should
begin during the first year of residence.
Teaching. Each student, whether or not he receives remuneration as a
teaching assistant, is expected to do some undergraduate teaching to de-
velop competence in teaching. Psychology 201c is designed to further the
student's understanding of the teaching process.
Language Requirement. The demands of the field of the dissertation
will determine the foreign languages that the student is expected to master.
Reading proficiency in at least one foreign language is required for the
Ph.D. degree. This language must be one in which substantial psychological
literature exists. Language examinations are offered by the department
four times a year, usually in September, December, February and May. Stu-
dents are expected to satisfy the language requirement as soon as possible.
By regulation of the Graduate School, a student who has not passed an
examination in at least one foreign language by the end of his first year of
study will not be eligible for financial aid from the university for the second
year.
Admission to Candidacy. A student may be admitted to candidacy for
the doctorate when he has passed all departmental qualifying examinations.
Dissertation and Defense. Following the completion of all examinations,
and before the student begins to concentrate on dissertation research, he will
prepare a prospectus of the proposed study, in consultation with a faculty
dissertation sponsor. Upon approval by the faculty, a dissertation committee
of three or more faculty members will be appointed, including the disserta-
tion adviser. The committee will advise the student in his dissertation work
and from time to time will report his progress to the faculty.
The student may, if he wishes, ask the department for formal accept-
ance of his prospectus. A prospectus that is to be formally accepted must
provide a detailed outline of the experimental work to be done (if any)
156 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
and of its theoretical basis. Such a prospectus will be voted upon by all
members of the department. Once the department has formally accepted a
prospectus, it will consider itself bound to accept the resulting dissertation
as well, regardless of the experimental results, provided that the proposed
work has been carried out.
When the student has presented a dissertation prospectus, whether or
not he asks for formal acceptance, his dissertation committee will be re-
sponsible for evaluating his competence in the field of psychology within
which the dissertation falls. This field will ordinarily include more than
one of the areas defined above and may include such related areas as soci-
ology, linguistics, one or more physical sciences, etc. The committee may,
at its discretion, require a written examination in the thesis field as a whole
or in any part of it.
The dissertation should provide evidence of originality, scholarship
and research ability. It should be a contribution to knowledge, ordinarily
an experimental research, but not necessarily so. Upon submission to the
chairman of the department of a copy of the thesis, signed by all three
members of the thesis committee, and a successful defense of the thesis
before all members of the department, the award of the Ph.D. will be
recommended to the Faculty Council of the Graduate School.
Courses of Instruction
*PSYCHOLOGY 115a. Experiential Approaches to Personality
Self-analyses, dream and symbol psychology, peak and mystic experiences,
archaic, mythic and pre-rational cognition.
PSYCHOLOGY 118a. Physiological Psychology
Those aspects of physiology most relevant to psychological investigation: the
anatomy and physiology of receptor and effector organs, the neuron and synapse,
sensory and motor neural pathways, the integrative activity of the central nervous
system, the autonomic nervous system and the action of hormonal factors.
Mr. Giddon
PSYCHOLOGY 119b. Comparative Psychology
Comparison of the behavior of various species, including man, in an evolu-
tionary perspective. Mr. Wodinsky
PSYCHOLOGY 120a. Experimental Psychology
Individual or group research carried out under supervision. Techniques of
experimentation, experimental design. 4 credits. Mr. Morant
*PSYCHOLOGY 121. History of the Concept of Human Nature
Ideas on the nature of man developed in western society since the end of the
seventeenth century.
*Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 157
*PSYCHOLOGY 130a. Psychology of Problem Solving and Learning
A study of the creative process, its background and consequences and its rela-
tion to perception and learning theory.
PSYCHOLOGY 131b. Psychology of Symbolic Processes
Culture as studied primarily from the frame of reference of psychology.
Dreams, myths, and art as created, expressed, and as used in language, the humani-
ties, and sciences will be studied as psychological data. The place of psychology in
relation to the humanities and the other sciences will be evaluated.
Enrollment limited to fifteen students. Mr. Klee
PSYCHOLOGY 132b. Psychology of Emotions
A consideration of the value dimension of the individual's dynamic relation to
the world about him in both its positive and disruptive aspects. Mr. Klee
PSYCHOLOGY 133a. Choice, Will and the Ego
A revaluation of the "active person." Choice, freedom, and responsibility will
be considered as psychological problems. A study will be made of the relevance to
choice and action of hedonics, knowledge, reason, and religion, and of man's
relation to his perception of good and evil, sickness and health. An assessment of
the individual's role in disease and conflict.
Enrollment limited to twenty students. Mr. Klee
PSYCHOLOGY 134a. Behavior Pathology
A socio-psychological and dynamic approach to behavior pathology with em-
phasis on current theories of pathogenic family structure. Mr. Spivak
*PSYCHOLOGY 135a. Applications of Psychoanalytic Concepts
Psychoanalytic theory will be explored in its application to literature, bi-
ography and the creative process.
PSYCHOLOGY 137b. Personality
The study of personality through the combined use of personality scales and
experiments. Topics emphasized will be Machiavellian authoritarianism and
sociopathy. Mr. London
PSYCHOLOGY 138b. Theories of Personality
A survey of current personality theories and their implications for research,
for human development and for social institutions. The preliminary formulation of
the student's own personality theory, both on implicit and explicit levels. Mr. Kelly
^PSYCHOLOGY 139b. The Self and Identity
PSYCHOLOGY 140a. Learning and Behavior
Current theories of learning will be explored in the light of experimental
evidence derived from human and animal studies.
Enrollment limited to fifteen students. Mr. Wodinsky
PSYCHOLOGY 141a. Biological Bases of Motivation
Topics to be treated include hunger, thirst, migration, sexual behavior and
parental behavior. Evidence from biology, neurophysiology and endocrinology will
be evaluated.
Enrollment limited to fifteen students. Mr. Wodinsky
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
158 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
PSYCHOLOGY 142b. Psychosomatics
The interrelationships of psychological, social and cultural factors in physical
disease. Topics include psychophysiological mechanisms in disease, physiological
correlates of mental disease and "somatopsychic problems." Mr. Giddon
PSYCHOLOGY 143a. Cognitive Processes
Experiments in human learning, thinking problem solving.
Prerequisite: Psychology 50b or permission of the instructor.
Enrollment limited to fifteen students. Miss Simmel
PSYCHOLOGY 144b. The Psychology of Language
Language development; names, concepts and symbols; expressive language;
metaphor; grammar and syntax; problems of translation; pathology of language.
Enrollment limited to fifteen students. Miss Simmel
PSYCHOLOGY 145a. Psychopathology in Childhood
Theoretical and therapeutic implications of disorders in childhood, focusing
on mental retardation and childhood psychosis.
Enrollment limited to fifteen students. Mr. Schnall
*PSYCHOLOGY 145aR. Psychopathology in Childhood
See Psychology 145a.
PSYCHOLOGY 146a. Psychopathology and Cognition
Alterations of perceptual and conceptual processes in schizophrenia, in brain
injury, under the influence of drugs, and under conditions of so-called sensory
isolation.
Enrollment limited to fifteen students. Miss Simmel
*PSYCHOLOGY 147b. Systematic Psychology
A seminar focusing on the validity and purpose of contemporary theoretical
formulations.
*PSYCHOLOGY 148a. Advanced Child Psychology
The dynamic aspects of child behavior and development will be studied,
discussed and applied in demonstrations.
Enrollment limited to fifteen students.
*PSYCHOLOGY 148aR. Advanced Child Psychology
See Psychology 148a.
*PSYCHOLOGY 149b. Phenomenological Psychology
The implications of a phenomenological viewpoint for problems in person-
ality, perception and cognition. Cassirer's philosophy of symbolic forms will be
studied to see how a radical phenomenology can be grounded in episteological and
ontological principles.
*PSYCHOLOGY 150b. The Psychology of Religious Experience
A study of selected examples of religious experience, both contemporary and
historical.
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 159
*PSYCHOLOGY 151a. Political Behavior
This seminar will focus on several psychosocial variables related to political
behavior. An empirical project related to the 1964 presidential election will be
required of all students.
Enrollment limited to fifteen students.
PSYCHOLOGY 152b. Group Dynamics
A consideration of classical and current experimental approaches to the study
of human interaction.
Enrollment limited to fifteen. Mr. London
PSYCHOLOGY 153b. Developmental Approaches to Cognition
Examination of major developmental principles and descriptive systems and
their utility in the examination of perception, language and thought. Emphasis on
the work of Werner and Piaget.
Enrollment limited to fifteen. Mr. Schnall
PSYCHOLOGY 154a. The Psychology of Personal Constructs
The structure, development and potentialities of personal construct theory.
The theory's philosophical substructure. Utilization of the theory in personal
and social affairs.
Enrollment limited to fifteen students. Mr. Kelly
*PSYCHOLOGY 155b. Advanced Educational Psychology
Dynamic psychology as applied to educational practice.
For seniors enrolled in the Education Program or others with the consent of
the instructor.
Enrollment limited to fifteen students.
*PSYCHOLOGY 159b. Perception
Study of the history and implications of selected problems in current research
in perception.
Enrollment limited to fifteen students.
*PSYCHOLOGY 161. Field Work in Clinical Psychology
PSYCHOLOGY 200a, b, and c. Individual Research Projects Mr. Morant and staff
"PSYCHOLOGY 201c. Seminar in the Teaching of Psychology
"PSYCHOLOGY 206a. Seminar in Learning
PSYCHOLOGY 207b. Seminar in Perception Mr. Morant
PSYCHOLOGY 208a. Seminar in Cognition Miss Simmel
"PSYCHOLOGY 209a. Seminar in Physiological and Comparative Psychology
"PSYCHOLOGY 210a. Advanced Psychological Statistics
PSYCHOLOGY 212b. Methodology for Research in Personality
Modes of observation, simple experimental intervention, the basic methods of
experimental control, the interview, the formulation and testing of hypotheses,
use of personal experience, the function of prediction and the implications of
confirmation and disconfirmation. Mr. Kelly
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
160 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
*PSYCHOLOGY 213. Introduction to Projective Techniques
^PSYCHOLOGY 214a. History of Psychological Thought
*PSYCHOLOGY 215b. Psychoanalytic Theory
PSYCHOLOGY 216a. Selected Clinical Topics Miss Hanfmann
^PSYCHOLOGY 217b. Research Seminar in Clinical Psychology
PSYCHOLOGY 218a. Seminar in Social Psychology Mr. London
PSYCHOLOGY 219a. Approaches to Psychotherapy Mr. Jones
PSYCHOLOGY 220. Supervised Individual Field Work Mr. Jones and staff
PSYCHOLOGY 221. Clinical Psychopathology Mr. Rand
PSYCHOLOGY 222a. Seminar in Conflict and Frustration Mr. Klee
PSYCHOLOGY 290-297. Readings in Psychological Literature Mr. Morant and Staff
291-2 Learning and Higher Processes
291-3 Physiological and Comparative Psychology
292-1 Personality and Motivation
292-2 Psychopathology and CHnical Psychology
293-1 Genetic and Child Psychology
293-2 Social Psychology and Anthropology
294 Advanced Readings in Methodology and Systematics
295 Advanced Readings in Experimental Psychology
296 Advanced Readings in Dynamic Psychology
297 Advanced Readings in Psychology and Related Fields
PSYCHOLOGY 300. Department Colloquium and Research Seminar
Mr. Maslow and Staff
*PSYCHOLOGY 301. Seminar in Advanced Psychological Topics I
PSYCHOLOGY 400-407. Dissertation Research
Independent research for the Ph.D. degree.
400. Miss Hanfmann 404. Mr. Maslow
401. Mr. Jones 405. Mr. Morant
402. Mr. Kelly 406. Mr. Neisser
403. Mr. Klee 407. Miss Simmel
Sociology
Objectives
The graduate program in sociology is primarily a doctoral program and is
designed for students who intend to devote themselves to teaching and re-
search in sociology. The student may, by satisfying certain requirements,
receive the M.A. degree during his course of study. The general objective is
to educate students in the major areas of sociology with specialization in
several of them.
*Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 161
Admission
The general requirements for admission to the Graduate School, as specified
in an earlier section of this catalog, apply to candidates for admission to the
Sociology Department.
In addition, all prospective students are encouraged to arrange for an
interview with a member of the Sociology faculty and to submit written
material (papers, etc.) representative of their best work, which need not be,
however, of a sociological nature.
Faculty
Professor John R. Seeley, Chairman: Sociological theory. Social psychol-
ogy. Social research.
Professor Lewis A. Coser: Sociological theory. Political sociology.
Professor Everett C. Hughes: Social organization. Race and ethnic rela-
tions. Occupations and work systems.
Professor Morris S. Schwartz: Social psychology. Social psychiatry. Ap-
plied sociology.
Professor Kurt H. Wolff: Sociological theory. Sociology of knowledge.
*Associate Professor Philip E. Slater: Family. Small groups.
** Associate Professor Maurice R. Stein: Communities. Sociology of litera-
ture. Social psychiatry.
Associate Professor Robert S. Weiss: Methodology. Sociology of occupa-
tions.
Assistant Professor Gordon Fellman: Social psychology. Stratification.
Comparative sociology.
Assistant Professor Samuel E. Wallace: Field methods. Violence.
Assistant Professor Bernard Z. Sobel: Sociology of religion. Sociology of
the Jews.
Assistant Professor Irving K. Zola: Deviance. Sociology of health and ill-
ness.
Visiting Lecturer Alvin Zalinger: Personality and social structure. Afri-
can studies.
In addition to the general fields represented by the above instructors, there
are two special training programs: one in Field Research and a second in
the Social Organization of Medical Care. For further information, please
write to the Sociology Department.
Degree Requirements
Doctor of Philosophy
Program of Study. All entering students are expected to enroll in
*On Leave, Spring Term.
"On Leave, Fall Term.
162 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
courses prescribed for the first year. If credit is granted for graduate work
done at other institutions, nonnally it will be applied to the second year.
In exceptional circumstances, the student may request departmental ap-
proval to substitute credit for work done elsewhere for the courses required
in the first year. Substitution may depend upon examination in the course
to be waived.
The program for the Ph.D. degree is ordinarily completed in three
stages:
First Year
Fall Term: Sociology 200a; Sociology 203a; Sociology 125a.
Spring Term: Sociology 200b; Sociology 203b; Sociology 210b.
During the first year, the student is allowed, in addition to the above
program, one elective half-course which may be taken in either term.
Second Year
Sociology 300c and six elective half-courses, three of which should be
seminars or reading courses.
During the second year, after the student has passed one language
examination and has completed three terms in residence at full-time, he
may petition the department chairman for admission to candidacy for the
M.A. degree. If the department judges that preparation for the degree has
been sufficient, the student will be invited to submit to the department two
papers written during this period for approval as Master's papers.
Third Year
Sociology 400: Dissertation Research.
Residence Requirement. The minimum residence requirement for the
degree of Doctor of Philosophy is two years. It is expected that the Ph.D.
will be earned within five years.
Language Requirements. Candidates for the Doctor's degree must
demonstrate proficiency in two foreign languages, ordinarily French and
German. Another language may, upon petition to the department, be sub-
stituted for either French or German.
Qualifying Examinations. All graduate students will be required to
take qualifying examinations during their third year in the program with
the exception of those students who have received credit for work done
elsewhere. Those students will take the qualifying examinations during the
second year in the program. The examinations are designed to test com-
petence in three broad fields of sociology. The choice of fields will be
determined by the student in consultation with his advisor and will be
subject to departmental approval.
Except in the case of transfer students where a special date may be set,
the initial choice of fields should be made by March 15 of the second year
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 163
in residence. After the fields have been approved and an examining com-
mittee appointed, the student will meet with the committee to determine
the literature for which he will be held responsible. This initial meeting
shall take place at least six months prior to the examination. The exami-
nation itself will be a written one which will be completed on a take-home
basis.
Admission to Candidacy. A student shall be eligible for admission to
candidacy when he has fulfilled his residence requirements, demonstrated
proficiency in two foreign languages, passed the departmental qualifying
examination, and had his dissertation proposal approved.
Dissertation and Final Oral Examination. The candidate will be re-
quired to prepare a prospectus for his dissertation before he begins con-
centrated work. This prospectus must be prepared within six months after
he has passed the qualifying examinations and must be approved by the
student's advisory committee and by the department.
When the dissertation is accepted by the department, a final oral
examination will be scheduled, wherein the candidate must successfully
defend his dissertation before the department members and at least one
member of the faculty engaged in graduate instruction outside the depart-
ment.
Courses of Instruction
SOCIOLOGY 100a. Sociology of the Community
The contrast between the pre-industrial and the modern industrial community.
The institutional structure of community life, its internal structure and external
sources of control and domination. Emphasis on the psychological and social foun-
dations of modern community life. Illustrations from European and American
communities. Mr. Stein
*SOCIOLOGY 101a. Sociology of Conflict and War
The functions of social conflict in difl^erent types of societies and different in-
stitutional settings, in large social structures and smaller groups. Racial and ethnic
conflicts, marital conflicts, political conflicts, war.
^SOCIOLOGY 102a. Social Psychiatry
The interplay between the social formation of the self and institutional par-
ticipation. The processes by which the individual incorporates through language
and action the personal styles available to his experience and assessment; types of
personal identity and mechanisms of defense in stable and changing societies, with
emphasis on Western personality.
SOCIOLOGY 103a. Sociology of Religion
Sociological analysis of contemporary and historical religious institutions and
experiences. Religious leadership and followership; conversion; sect, denomination,
and church; religion, society and politics; leading contemporary schools of theology.
*Not to be given in 1965-66. ^^- ^^bel
164 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
*SOCIOLOGY 104b. Sociology of Education
Functional bases of educational systems; their formal and informal organiza-
tion; their relations to family, economy, polity, and social classes.
SOCIOLOGY 105b. Sociology of Modern Anti-Semitism
Sociological analysis of contemporary forms of anti-Semitism. Various theories,
both past and present, attempting to explain the phenomenon will be examined
critically.
Admission by consent of instructor. Mr. Sobel
SOCIOLOGY 106b. Sociology of Literature
The relations between society and literary forms in selected historical periods.
Emphasis on the relations between problems and methods in inquiry as presented
by sociological and humanistic students of man.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Mr. Stein
SOCIOLOGY 107a. Advanced Social Psychology
Human behavior from a combined psychodynamic and sociological point of
view, with special emphasis on socialization and the relations between the in-
dividual and the collectivity. Mr. Schwartz
*SOCIOLOGY 109a. Social Causation
The nature and significance of causal inquiry, especially into social phenom-
ena. Explanation, understanding, interpretation. Case study and generalization.
Social causation and social change.
SOCIOLOGY 110a. Sociology of Knowledge
History and historical interpretation of the sociology of knowledge, with
particular emphasis on German and recent American literature. Mr. Wolff
*SOCIOLOGY Ilia. Political Sociology Seminar
The political community in seventeenth century England; symbolic expres-
sion; moral and intellectual foundations; social and economic forces; the inter-
pretation of transition.
SOCIOLOGY 112b. Social Stratification
Bases of stratification and types of class systems. Variables which place an
individual within a class, mobility between classes; influences of class subcultures
on the personality; the dynamics of change in social-class systems. Mr. Fellman
*SOCIOLOGY 114a. Modern Bureaucracy
*SOCIOLOGY 115b. Sociology of the American Churches
The major sociological and theological characteristics of the American
churches; church membership and church organization; the relationship of the
churches to the power structure and to each other; Catholics and Jews; the "ma-
jority" churches in a pluralistic society.
SOCIOLOGY 116b. Racial and Cultural Contacts
Comparative study of multi-racial (cultural, ethnic, religious) societies in
various parts of the world, but with emphasis on the United States. Their struc-
tures; problems and conflicts of personal identity; relations among people of vari-
ous categories; ideologies; conflict, movements and change. Mr. Hughes
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
AREASOFSTUDYANDCOURSES 165
SOCIOLOGY 117a. Sociology of Work and Occupations
A comparison of work and occupational systems in various cultures. Social
organization of occupations and the place of work in the life of the individual.
Mr. Hushes
^SOCIOLOGY 118a. Social Institutions ^
Development and changes of various institutions characteristic of North
American society, with some attention to other societies. Their origins, the con-
tingencies to which they are subject, and their interrelations. Field work.
*SOCIOLOGY 122a. Sociology of Power
Sociological analysis of power relations and systems, exploring the literature
on the theory and practice of power, with special attention to statements by the
major social theorists.
*SOCIOLOGY 122b. Comparative Political Sociology
Sociological analysis of power systems and political communities with special
attention to systems based on violence and organized fear.
*SOCIOLOGY 123a. Ideology and Social Movements
Effect of political events and social processes on political thought and action
in the twentieth century. Social functions of political ideologies. Structure and
orientation of organizations intending to cause social change.
SOCIOLOGY 125a. Quantitative Methods in Research
The uses of statistics in the organization, interpretation, and presentation of
research data, with emphasis on the ideas underlying the development and use of
statistical techniques. Mr. Weiss
*SOCIOLOGY 126a. Sociology of Deviance
Deviance as a social process, its nature and conception, its functional as well
as dysfunctional aspects. Survey of theory and research. Concentration on selected
instances of individual and social pathology.
*SOCIOLOGY 126b. The Institutions of Social Control
An examination of the formal and informal control of what society has
labeled "deviant." Consideration in turn of the law, selected social forms of
punishment and reward, the caretakers and agents of social control, the treatment
and custodial organizations.
SOCIOLOGY 130b. The Family
The family in relation to its societal context and the personality development
of the child. Cross-cultural materials will be emphasized. Mr. Slater
SOCIOLOGY 132a. American Social Patterns
The general types of role relationships developed in the course of an individ-
ual's life, including relationships with strangers, work associates, friends, kin will
be discussed. Attention will be directed to the structures within which these
relationships take place, their assumptions, and their typical emotional content.
Also to be discussed will be typical dramas and dilemmas encountered within
these relationships. Mr. Weiss
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
166 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
SOCIOLOGY 135a. Group Process
Interpretation of interpersonal behavior and group development, based in
part on observation of the discussion group itself. Readings v^'ill include material
from psychology and social anthropology as well as sociology. Mr. Slater
SOCIOLOGY 135b. Advanced Group Process
A continuation of Sociology 135a.
Open to students who have taken Sociology 135a or with permission of the
instructor. Mr. Slater
SOCIOLOGY 190b. Social Organization of Medical Settings
An analysis of the structural arrangements of medical practice and of medical
settings. Problems of communication and role relationships among professionals
and between patients and medical personnel will be examined. The impact of
structures and role relationships on quality and quantity of medical care and on
use of resources will be analyzed. Mr. Zola and Staff
SOCIOLOGY 191a. Health, Community, and Society
All exploration into the interrelationships of the nature of society and societies
on the existence and treatment of health and illness. Topics include: conceptions of
health and illness, patient careers, treatment institutions and practices, and the
place of social science in medicine. Mr. Zola and Staff
*SOCIOLOGY 192. Sociology of the Medical Professions
This course will provide an analysis of the key occupational groups in medi-
cine, as well as of quasi and marginal practitioners. The selection, recruitment and
training of those groups will be examined and the strategic points in their careers
will be considered.
SOCIOLOGY 193b. Demographic, Ecological, and Economic Factors in Medical Care
Community health programs and the current emphases of public health prac-
tice will be described. The structure and provision of health services in other cul-
tures will be considered and compared with those in the United States.
Mr. Miller and Staff
*SOCIOLOGY 194. Methods of Social and Economic Research in Medical Care
The utility and application of sociological, economic and epidemiological
methods will be discussed. Problems of measurement, design and analysis will be
examined as well as the practical problems in implementing studies in the field of
medical care.
SOCIOLOGY 195. Field Work in Medical Settings
Credit hours to be arranged. Mr. Zola and Staff
SOCIOLOGY 200. Classical Sociological Theory
Study of major sociologists, such as Comte, Spencer, Marx, Durkheim, Pareto,
Weber, Simmel, Ward, Ross, Sumner, Park, Mannheim, in their historical setting,
with special attention to their substantive concerns and methodologies.
1st sem., Mr. Stein
'^^^to be given in 1965-66. 2nd sem., Mr. Coser
AREAS OF STUDY AND COURSES 167
SOCIOLOGY 203. Field Methods in Sociological Research
Field study with opportunity for individual and group research. Students will
collect their own data and analyze them. Messrs. Fellman, Hughes, Slater and Zola
SOCIOLOGY 210b. Survey of Research Methods
This course will discuss: a philosophy of science useful for understanding
social research; conceptual models available for organizing data; research strategies,
including the case study, exploratory approaches, survey research, and possible
experimental designs. Mr. Weiss
^SOCIOLOGY 215a. Sociology of the Intellectuals
Institutional settings for intellectual life since the eighteenth century. The
salon, the coffeehouse, the scientific society, the reading public, the commercializa-
tion of writing, bohemia, reviews and little magazines. The men of knowledge and
the men of power. The modern intellectual in the world of bureaucracy.
*SOCIOLOGY 223b. Sociology of Poverty
SOCIOLOGY 224b. Aspects of Social Control in Religious and Secular
Utopian Communities
An analysis of the sociological structure of Utopian communities demonstrat-
ing similarities and differences between the secular and religious types and their
relationships to the broader societal contexts from which they emerge. The course
will emphasize a discussion of the modes and processes of social control developed
by the various movements. Messrs. Coser and Sobel
SOCIOLOGY 225a. Applied Sociology Seminar
The application of social science principles to the solution of practical prob-
lems in such fields as community organization, technological change, urban and
rural development, industrial relations, mental and public health.
Admission by consent of instructor. Messrs. Schwartz, Seeley and Stein
*SOCIOLOGY 226b. Seminar in Social Psychology
Major problems and issues in the field of social psychology; recent research;
contemporary theoretical developments.
SOCIOLOGY 227b. Seminar on Occupations
Problems in the social organization of work, with emphasis on research on the
professions in modern society. Messrs. Hughes and Weiss
SOCIOLOGY 228b. Some Pre-theoretical Problems of Sociology
Sociological aspects of sociology. Relations between philosophical and
methodological problems of sociology. Conditions of constructing sociological
theory.
Major background readings for student papers: Maurice Natanson, ed.. Philos-
ophy of the Social Sciences; Alfred Schutz, Collected Papers, Vos. I and II.
Mr. Wolff
*SOCIOLOGY 229. Research Seminar: The Social and Personal Determinants of Illness
Examination of ongoing research stressing the application and integration of
sociological and psychological levels of analysis. Individual projects utilizing the
available data on physical and mental illness will be carried out.
•Not to be given in 1965-66.
168 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
SOCIOLOGY 230-235. Readings in Sociological Literature Mr. Schwartz and Staff
230a and b. Theory and History
231a and b. Methodology
232a and b. institutions (Political Sociology, Communities, Bureaucracy, Educa-
tion, Occupations, Religion)
233a and b. Social Psychology and Psychiatry
234a and b. Sociology of Intellectual Life (Sociology of Literature, Sociology of
Knowledge)
235a and b. Social Processes (Causation, Change, Conflict, Control, Stratifica-
tion; Racial and Cultural Relations)
SOCIOLOGY 300c. Colloquium
The purpose of the colloquium is to give staff members, sociologists from
other institutions, and post-M.A. students the opportunity to present current re-
search, tentative hypotheses, and more general ideas and positions concerning the
study of society. Mr. Schwartz
SOCIOLOGY 301c. Advanced Field Research
A second year course in methods of field research. Students will be placed as
participant observers in a number of different institutions and will be individually
supervised in their field work. Messrs. Hughes, Slater and Zola
SOCIOLOGY 400-410. Dissertation Research
Independent research for the Ph.D. degree.
400.
Mr. Coser
401.
Mr. Fellman
402.
Mr. Hughes
403.
Mr. Schwartz
404.
Mr. Seeley
405.
Mr. Slater
406.
Mr. Sobel
407.
Mr. Stein
408.
Mr. Weiss
409.
Mr. Wolff
410.
Mr. Zola
Theatre Arts
A new graduate program in Theatre Arts, leading to the degrees of Master
of Fine Arts and Doctor of Philosophy in Theatre Arts, will begin opera-
tion in the academic year 1966-67.
Detailed information may be had by writing to the Dean, Graduate
School of Arts And Sciences, Brandeis University, Waltham, Massachusetts
02154.
FELLOWSHIPS
169
Fellowships
Maxwell and Fannie Abbell Teaching Fellowship in Judaic Studies (1954)
Created by the late Maxwell Abbell of Chicago, Illinois, to support a teaching
fellowship in the field of Judaic Studies.
Allied Chemical Foundation Felloivship (1964) Established by the Allied
Chemical Foundation of New York. This Fellowship will be awarded, at the
University's discretion, to an outstanding graduate student, a citizen of the United
States or Canada, who is concentrating in the field of Chemistry, and who has
demonstrated an aptitude for research in science.
Alpha Epsilon Phi Sorority Foundation Fellowship (1959) Established in
honorary tribute to the Founders of this Sorority, for fellowship subsidy in the
School for Advanced Studies in Social Welfare.
Jeannette and Louis Altschul Fellowship Fund (1946) Established by the
late Jeannette and Louis Altschul of New York City to help subsidize the educa-
tion of gifted students to complete their graduate program.
Bernard Aronson Teaching Fellowship (1964) Established by Mr. Bernard
Aronson of New York, New York, to provide teaching fellowships for graduate
students who are concentrating in the sciences.
Charles C. Bassine Fellowship (1961) Established in honor of Mr. Charles C.
Bassine of New York City by the Trustees of the Long Island Jewish Hospital on
the occasion of his induction as a Fellow of the University, to be used to provide
fellowship assistance for outstanding graduate students.
Beatrice Foods Company Fellowship (1962) Established through the gener-
170 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
osity of the Beatrice Foods Company of Chicago, Illinois, to provide fellowship aid
for gifted graduate students.
Beech-Nut Life Savers, Inc. Felloioship (1962) Established to support fellow-
ship assistance for deserving graduate students through a grant from Beech-Nut
Life Savers, Inc. of New York City.
Allan I. Bluestein Fellowship (1960) Established by Allan I. Bluestein
through the Jacob Bluestein Foundation, Inc. of New York, to assist deserving
students in the field of the humanities, particularly in literature, history and
language.
Jacob and Rachel Bluestein Memorial Fellowship (1960) Established by
Allan I. Bluestein through the Jacob Bluestein Foundation, Inc. of New York, in
memory of his parents, to assist gifted students in the field of the humanities.
David Brenner Fellowship Fund (1961) An annual fellowship for a deserv-
ing graduate student in the social sciences, preferably from abroad and from a
newly developing area or country.
Otto and Mynette Bresky Fellowship Endoioment (1962) Established by Mr.
and Mrs. Otto Bresky of Newton, Massachusetts, the income of which will help to
subsidize the graduate education of a gifted and worthy student.
Harry and Esther Brown Fellowship (1963) Established by Mr. and Mrs.
Harry Brown of Haverhill, Massachusetts, to provide assistance to a graduate
student in the Lown Institute for Contemporary Jewish Studies.
Morris Burg Teaching Fellowship (1957) Established by Mrs. Mildred H.
Burg of Brookline, Massachusetts, in memorial tribute to her husband, to support
a teaching fellowship in the area of human relations.
Campbell Soup Fellowship (1961) Four tuition fellowships established by
Campbell Soup Co. as part of its Aid to Education Program and assigned to gifted
students in the Florence Heller School for Advanced Studies in Social Welfare.
Sol Cantor Fellowship (1963) Established as a memorial tribute to his
mother, Mrs. Pearl Cantor, by Sol Cantor of New York. This fund will provide
assistance to needy and promising graduate students.
Aida Coburn Fellowship (1964) Established in honor of his wife by the late
Abbott Coburn of Chicago, Illinois. This fellowship will provide partial assistance
to a deserving graduate student.
Dora K. Cohn Fellowship in Social Welfare (1959) Set up as a memorial by
Mr. Ruby P. Cohn of St. Louis, Missouri, to subsidize graduate study in the School
for Advanced Studies in Social Welfare.
Jack Cohn Memorial Science Fellowships (1962) Established by the Artists
Foundation, Inc., of New York City, (Nathan J. Cohn, President) in memory of
the late Jack Cohn, to provide for the next five years for the annual award of
three fellowships of $4,500 each on the basis of merit and need to students
enrolled in the Graduate School in the area of science.
Combined Jewish Appeal of Greater Boston-Associated Jewish Philanthropies
Fellowship (1959) A $5,000 fellowship to be awarded to a student pursuing
graduate work in social welfare.
Leon J. Coslov Fellowship (1957) Established by Mr. Leon J. Coslov of
Glassport, Pennsylvania, to support a teaching fellowship.
Dan Danciger Graduate Fellowship Trust Fund (1958) Established through
a $250,000 bequest from the estate of the late Dan Danciger of Fort Worth, Texas,
FELLOWSHIPS 171
to provide fellowship assistance for graduate students of outstanding academic
potential to enable them to pursue academic careers regardless of financial
limitations.
Diirkee Graduate Fellowship in Biochemistry (1962) A graduate fellowship
established by the Durkee Famous Foods of Bethlehem, Pennsylvania (The Glid-
den Company), for support of a deserving graduate student in Biochemistry. This
fellowship will provide a grant to the student, payment of tuition and an allow-
ance for each dependent.
Eagle Food Centers Foundation Fellowship (1962) Established through the
generosity of the Eagle Food Centers Foundation of Rock Island, Illinois, to
subsidize gifted graduate students.
Ida and Mark A. Edison Teaching Fellowship (1955) Established as a
memorial to Ida and Mark A. Edison by the Shapiro brothers of Auburn, Maine,
to support a teaching fellowship.
Harry E. Eisenrod and Mel Dorfman Graduate Fellowship (1964) Estab-
lished by Mr. Harry E. Eisenrod and Mr. Mel Dorfman through the Household
Manufacturing Company of Los Angeles, California, to provide assistance to de-
serving graduate students.
Max and Frances Elkon Fellowship Endowment (1962) Established by Mr.
and Mrs. Max Elkon of New York City. The income to be used to provide
fellowship assistance for gifted graduate students.
Esso Education Foundation Teaching Fellowship (1956) A grant from the
Esso Education Foundation of Standard Oil Company (New Jersey), assigned as a
teaching fellowship, to assist in the undergraduate educational program.
Meyer Factor Fellowship (1963) Established by Harold E. Factor of Chicago,
Illinois to provide fellowship assistance to gifted and needy graduate students.
Federation of Jewish Philanthropies of Neio York Fellowship (1962) Estab-
lished by the Federation of Jewish Philanthropies of New York, for the support of
a deserving student from the New York metropolitan area, at the Florence Heller
School for Advanced Studies in Social Welfare.
Nathan and Vivian Fink Fellowship (1963) Established by Mr. and Mrs.
Nathan Fink of New York, to help subsidize a gifted graduate student in the
Lown Institute for Contemporary Jewish Affairs.
Jacob Finkelstein and Sons, Inc. Fellowship (1963) Established by the Fink-
elstein Family of Woonsocket, Rhode Island, to provide fellowship assistance over
a three year period for a deserving graduate student.
M. B. and Fannie Finkelstein Foundation Research Fellowship Grant (1961)
Established by the trustees of the M. B. and Fannie Finkelstein Foundation of
Houston, Texas, to help subsidize an outstanding student who wishes to go into
graduate research work.
Harry K. and Emma R. Fox Charitable Foundation Fellowship (1962) Es-
tablished by the Harry K. and Emma R. Fox Charitable Foundation of Cleveland,
Ohio, to support a partial fellowship for a deserving graduate student who, with-
out this assistance, would be unable to complete his advanced studies.
General Foods Fund Fellowship Grant (1961) Established by the General
Foods Fund Inc. of New York City, for fellowship assistance to outstanding gradu-
ate students who are concentrating in the area of the life sciences.
172 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Leo Gerstenzang Science Felloioship Endowment Fund (1962) Established
by Mrs. Leo Gerstenzang of New York City and Palm Beach, Florida, in memory
of her late husband. The income will be used for fellowships to subsidize graduate
education and research for deserving graduate students in the field of science.
Gillette Graduate Teaching Fellowship (1961) Established by the Gillette
Company of Boston, Massachusetts, for an annual graduate teaching fellowship.
Harry and Elka Gitlow Felloiuship Endowment in Humanistic Studies (1959)
Established by Mr. Albert Gitlow of New York City and members of the family
as a memorial tribute.
Albert A. Glassman Fellowship (1962) Established by a bequest of Albert A.
Glassman, late of Cleveland, Ohio. This fund will be used for research in the field
of medicine or biochemistry.
Herman Golanty Memorial Fellowship (1956) Established by Mr. George C.
Golanty of Detroit, Michigan.
Beatrice I. and Jacob Goldberg Fellowship Endowment Fund (1962) Estab-
lished by Mr. and Mrs. Jacob Goldberg of Brookline, Massachusetts, in honor of
their fiftieth wedding anniversary. The income from this fund is to be used to
support fellowships.
Mollie Goldberg Memorial Felloiuship Endowment (1963) Established as a
memorial tribute by Isadore J. Goldberg of Chicago, and Milton D. Goldberg of
Glencoe, Illinois. The income will be used to provide an annual fellowship for a
deserving student in the Florence Heller Graduate School for Advanced Studies in
Social Welfare.
Charles Goldman Teaching Fellowship (1963) Established to honor the in-
duction of Charles Goldman as a Fellow of the University by his friends and
associates. The income from this fund will provide assistance for a deserving
graduate student.
Alexander Goldstein Teaching Fellowship in Social Science (1950) The in-
come from this $25,000 fund will be used to support a teaching fellowship in the
field of social science. Established as a memorial to her brother by the late Miss
Lutie Goldstein of San Francisco, California.
Edward Goldstein Teaching Fellowship (1954) A grant from Mr. Edward
Goldstein of Boston, Massachusetts, to support a teaching fellowship.
Abraham Goocbnan Fellowship Endowment Fund (1962) Established by Mr.
and Mrs. Abraham Goodman of Waban, Massachusetts. Temporarily, all income
will be used to subsidize graduate fellowships. Once a permanent identification has
been made the capital fund will be transferred for that purpose.
Mr. and Mrs. Ben Gordon Fellowship (1963) Established by Mr. and Mrs.
Ben Gordon of Harrison, New Jersey to provide fellowship assistance for deserving
graduate students.
Anna C. Greenstone Memorial Fellowship (1952) Established by her children,
Mr. Charles R. Greenstone of San Francisco, California, the late Mr. Stanford M.
Green of San Francisco, California, and Mrs. Simon Rubin of New Bedford, Massa-
chusetts.
Gulf Oil Corporation Fellowship (1959) A grant from the Gulf Oil Cor-
poration's Aid to Education Program, to be assigned for fellowship assistance in
the School for Advanced Studies in Social Welfare.
FELLOWSHIPS 173
Edward Hano Fellowship Endowment (1958) The income from this fund is
to provide supplementary fellowship assistance to gifted graduate students enrolled
in the School for Advanced Studies in Social Welfare. A tribute to the late Edward
Hano, of Granby, Massachusetts, by his wife and members of the family.
Louis H. Harris Teaching Fellowship (1955) Established by Mrs. Max S.
Hillson and the late Mr. Hillson of New York City, in honor of Louis H. Harris,
to support a teaching fellowship.
Hartog of California Graduate Fellowship Fund (1961) Established by Har-
tog of California, to help a graduate student interested in the field of "The
History of Ideas."
Dr. Maurice B. Hexter Fellowship (1961) Established as a tribute to Dr.
Maurice B. Hexter of New York City by his friends. This fellowship is to be given
to a deserving student at the Florence Heller School for Advanced Studies in
Social Welfare.
M. Z. and Hannah Holland Fellowship Endowment (1964) Established by
the family and friends of Mr. and Mrs. M. Z. Holland of Chicago, Illinois, to
honor their fiftieth wedding anniversary and, also, Mr. Holland's seventy-seventh
birthday. The income from this fund' will offer assistance to deserving graduate
students.
Imperial Oil Graduate Research Fellowships (1963) Established by Imperial
Oil Limited of Toronto, Canada from a fellowship fund set up by the Company
in 1946, which provides graduate school opportunities to worthy and deserving
students from Canadian universities.
Peter A. Isaacson Fellowship in the Lown Institute for Contemporary Jewish
Studies (1963) Established by Mr. Peter A. Isaacson of Lewiston, Maine for
gifted students concentrating in the field of Judaic studies.
Eddie Jacobson Memorial Foundation Fellowship (1957) Two fellowships in
the amount of $2,000 each for gifted students from Israel, who are preparing
themselves at Brandeis University for a more effective career of service in the State
of Israel. Established by friends of the late Eddie Jacobson of Kansas City, under
the chairmenship of former President Truman and Mr. George Roth.
Jewish Community Center of Hunts Point, Bronx, New York (1962) Estab-
lished by the Trustees of the Jewish Community Center of Hunts Point, New
York, so that the income may be used for gifted and worthy graduate students who
are concentrating in the history and literature of traditional Judaism. Preference is
given to students who come from the metropolitan New York area.
Jewish Community Federation of Cleveland Fellowship (1962) Established
by the Jewish Community Federation of Cleveland for the support of a deserving
student from the Cleveland, Ohio area, at the Florence Heller School for Ad-
vanced Studies in Social Welfare.
Max Kagan Fellowship (1962) Established by Mr. Max Kagan of Bangor,
Maine, in support of a deserving graduate student at the Philip W. Lown Institute
of Advanced Judaic Studies.
Robert E. and Harry A. Kangesser Fellowship Trust (1951) Established by
Messrs. Robert E. and Harry A. Kangesser of Cleveland, Ohio, the income to be
used for teaching fellowships.
Henry Kaufmann Fellowship in Group and Community Development (1964)
Established by the Henry Kaufmann Foundation, Judge Joseph M. Proskauer,
174 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Norman S. Goetz, and Samuel Lemberg, all of New York City. The income from
this endowed fellowship will support the teaching activities of a faculty member
whose doctoral students are specializing in the problems of small groups, neigh-
borhood organizations, and group and community development.
Myer and Ida Kirstein Fellowship Endoiument Fund (1963) Established by
Mr. and Mrs. Myer Kirstein of Swampscott, Massachusetts, to provide aid to
worthy graduate students in any field of concentration.
Richard Kramer Memorial Fellowship (1961) Established in memory of
their son, Richard, by Mr. and Mrs. Louis Kramer of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania,
to help subsidize a graduate student concentrating in the field of biochemistry.
Lillian Kratter Fellowship (1960) Established in her honor by her husband,
Mr. Marvin Kratter of New York City, to be assigned to a female student concen-
trating in the Graduate School of Music.
Marvin Kratter Fellowship (1960) Established in his honor by his wife, Mrs.
Lillian Kratter of New York City, to be assigned to a male student concentrating
in the graduate area of biology.
Hyman Kuchai Fellowship (1963) Established by Mr. Hyman Kuchai of
Harrison, New York to provide fellowship assistance for deserving graduate
students.
William Lakritz Fellowship Endowment in Chemistry (1962) Established by
the daughters of William Lakritz of New York City and their husbands, Mr. and
Mrs. Jack N. Friedman of Glencoe, Illinois, and Dr. and Mrs. Henry Graham, Los
Angeles, California, to be used in partial subsidy of graduate students who concen-
trate in the field of Chemistry.
Ida S. Latz Foundation Fellowship (1959) Established by this Foundation to
make available a fellowship to a disabled veteran for study at the School for
Advanced Studies in Social Welfare.
LCK Fellowship in Social Science (1957) Established by an anonymous
friend of the University to support a fellowship in the area of the social sciences,
with preference in the field of economics.
Mathus Lemberg Fellowship Endowment (1962) Established by Bernard Lem-
berg of Old Stone Bridge, New Jersey, and Leon Lemberg of Coral Gables, Florida,
in memory of their beloved father so that the income may serve as tuition sub-
vention for graduate students.
Levinson Teaching Fellowship in Biology (1951) Established by the James
and Rachel Levinson Foundation of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
Minnie Lewis Fellowship (1963) Established by Mr. George L Lewis of
Portland, Maine, to provide assistance to a deserving graduate student in the
Lown Institute for Contemporary Jewish Studies.
Dr. Meno Lissauer Teaching Fellowship in Natural Science (1957) Set up
through a major gift by the late Dr. Meno Lissauer of New York City and the
birthday tributes of his colleagues in the Metals and Mining Industry.
P. Lorillard and Company Fellowship (1962) Established through P. Loril-
lard and Company of New York City to help subsidize the education of gifted
students to complete their graduate program.
Charles Lubin Fellowship (1963) Established at the annual Chicago dinner
by a group of his friends to honor Mr. Charles Lubin. This scholarship will
provide assistance to a deserving student.
FELLOWSHIPS 175
Theodore Roosevelt McKeldin Fellowship (1957) Established by friends of
former Governor McKeldin of Maryland as a tribute to him. To be used to
subsidize gifted graduate students who plan to concentrate in the areas of political
science and government.
Abraham Mendelowitz Fellowship Endoioment Fund (1959) Established by
the Millinery Workers Health and Welfare Fund in honor of Mr. Abraham
Mendelowitz of New York City on the occasion of his sixty-fifth birthday. To
subsidize outstanding scholars so that they may continue their studies and medical
research in biochemistry and microbiology.
Merrill Foundation Fellowships (1961) Established by a gift from the
Charles E. Merrill Trust of Boston, Massachusetts, to encourage gifted scholars in
the study of all aspects of Jewish life, and develop Jewish community leadership,
scholarship and teaching, especially on the university level.
Morris Messing Fellowship (1964) Established by Mr. Morris Messing of
Nutley, New Jersey, to provide fellowship assistance for deserving graduate
students.
Hyman Miller Fellowship (1963) Established by Mr. Hyman Miller of Au-
burn, Maine, to provide assistance to a graduate student in the Lown Institute for
Contemporary Jewish Studies.
Joseph Millman Memorial Foundation Fellowship (1964) Established by the
Joseph Millman Memorial Foundation of Villas, New Jersey through Mr. Stanley
Rappaport. This fund will provide fellowship assistance for a gifted graduate
student. Preference is to be given to applicants who are residents of Cape May
County, New Jersey.
National Biscuit Company Fellowship (1962) A grant from the National
Biscuit Company of New York City to provide fellowship support for deserving
graduate students.
New York Raincoat Manufacturers Association Fellowship (1963) Estab-
lished by the New York Raincoat Manufacturers Association of New York City,
New York, through Mr. Simon Cohen to provide fellowship assistance for deserv-
ing graduate students.
David K. Niles Teaching Fellowship in American Government (1957) To be
assigned in memory of a Trustee of the University, who served with distinction as
administrative assistant to President Roosevelt and President Truman, for a
worthy graduate student who plans for a career in American government service.
Lillian Persky Palais Endowment (1960) Established by Mr. and Mrs. Abra-
ham S. Persky of Worcester, Massachusetts, in memory of Mr. Persky's sister, as an
endowment whose income in perpetuity is to subsidize the tuition of gifted gradu-
ate students so that they may complete their science training.
Peace Corps Scholarship-Fellowship Fund (1965) Established by the Uni-
versity to offer scholarship and fellowship assistance to qualified young men and
women who have completed their tour of duty with the Peace Corps and are
seeking to complete their educational training.
Permanent Charity Fund, Incorporated Fellowships in Social Welfare (1962)
Graduate fellowships contributed by the Committee of the Permanent Charity
Fund, Incorporated of Boston, Massachusetts, for financial aid to deserving stu-
dents at the Florence Heller School for Advanced Studies in Social Welfare.
176 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Maurice Pollack Foundation Research Fellowship (1956) Established by the
Maurice Pollack Foundation of Quebec, Canada, to enable gifted graduate stu-
dents to pursue research programs in the field of Judaic studies.
Prince Macaroni Manufacturing Company and the Cleghorn Folding Box
Company Felloivship (1962) Established to provide fellowship assistance to de-
serving graduate students by the Prince Macaroni Manufacturing Company and its
subsidiary, the Cleghorn Folding Box Company, of Lowell, Massachusetts.
Norman S. Rabb Fellowship (1962) Established by business associates of the
Chairman of the Board of Trustees of Brandeis University in tribute to him. This
fellowship is to be granted for the support of a deserving graduate student.
Louis M. Rabinowitz Foundation, Inc. Fellowship (1962) Established by the
Louis M. Rabinowitz Foundation, Inc. of New York City for the support of a
foreign student in the social sciences, preferably from Africa.
Bertha C. Reiss Memorial Fellowship Endowment Fund (1954) Created by
the late Dr. Henry Reiss of New York City for the establishment of the Bertha C.
Reiss Memorial Fellowship or teaching fellowships. Awards to be made to students
on the basis of their accomplishments in the field of research and/or teaching.
Harry and Mildred Remis Music Fellowships (1963) Established by Mr. and
Mrs. Harry Remis of Swampscott, Massachusetts. The income from this fund to
provide fellowship support for gifted advanced students who are enrolled in the
graduate music department at the University.
Charles Revson Fellowship Trust (1962) A capital fund of $1,000,000 estab-
lished by Charles Revson of New York City, to be assigned to outstanding students
who wish to pursue their graduate studies in the areas of biochemistry, chemistry,
physics, biology, biophysics, mathematics or psychology. The fellowships will be
granted annually in the range of |3000-$4000 and may be renewed for three or
four years.
Benjamin Rosenberg Teaching Fellowship Endowment (1959) Established
as a memorial tribute by Mr. and Mrs. Joseph Rosenberg of Fox Point, Wisconsin,
to support a teaching fellowship in the field of Polymer Chemistry.
Leo L. Rosenhirsch Memorial Fellowship Fund (1961) Established by Mr.
Alfred E. Rosenhirsch and Mrs. Hilda Nussenfeld of New York City to help cover
tuition and other expenditures for gifted and needy graduate students.
Edwin M. Rosenthal Teaching Fellowship in the Life Sciences (1961) Estab-
lished to honor the eighty-second birthday of Edwin A. Rosenthal of Hollywood,
Florida, by his daughter, Mrs. Hoke Levin of Detroit, Michigan, to be assigned as
a teaching fellowship for a graduate student concentrating in the life sciences.
Julius Rosenwald Teaching Fellowships (1952) A series of teaching fellow-
ships in memory of the distinguished philanthropist, Julius Rosenwald, established
by his daughter, the late Mrs. Adele Rosenwald Levy of New York City, to
subsidize the development and teaching of gifted graduate students.
Dr. Vera Rubin Fellowship (1960) Established by Dr. Vera Rubin of New
York City for a fellowship in the field oiF anthropology.
Abram L. Sachar Fellowship (1961) Established by B'nai B'rith in honor of
the Honorary Chairman of the National Hillel Commission, to underwrite part of
the expenses for a gifted student at Brandeis University who joins the Hiatt
Institute in Israel to strengthen background in Israeli Studies.
FELLOWSHIPS 177
Dr. Harry Sagansky Fellowship Trust (1963) Established by Dr. Harry Sa-
gansky of Brookline, Massachusetts, in the amount of |25,000 annually, to be used
for subsidies to graduate students so that they may be helped in the completion of
their specialized training.
Samuel and Rae Salny Fellowship Endowment in Social Relations (1952)
Established by Mrs. Samuel M. Salny and the late Mr. Salny of Boston, Massa-
chusetts, to support a fellowship in the field of social relations.
Shirley and Maurice Saltzman Fellowship Endowment Fund (1961) Estab-
lished by Mr. and Mrs. Maurice Saltzman of Cleveland, Ohio, so that the income
may be assigned to gifted and advanced students who are concentrating in human-
ities.
David Sarnoff Fellowship (1959) Established by the RCA Education Com-
mittee to subsidize a gifted and needy student in the graduate program in physics.
Samuel D. and Goldie Saxe Fellowship in Science (1955) Established by
Mrs. Goldie Saxe of Brookline, Massachusetts, and children, to support research
and teacher training in the field of science.
Edward A. Schaffer Teaching Felloioship Endowment (1959) Established by
Mrs. Edward A. Schaffer of New York City, in memorial tribute to her husband, to
support a teaching fellowship in the field of humanistic and social sciences.
Alice Boughton Schaffner Memorial Fellowship Endowment (1961) Estab-
lished under the terms of the will of the late Alice Boughton Schaffner by her
designators, Winifred Raushenbush and James Rorty. The income from this fund
will be used to provide fellowship support for outstanding women students from
racially underprivileged families.
Rabbi Solomon Scheinfeld Fellowship Endowment (1959) Established by
the Sylvia and Aaron Scheinfeld Foundation of Chicago, Illinois, as a memorial
tribute to Mr. Scheinfeld's distinguished father. The income to be used for fellow-
ship assistance to gifted graduate students, preferably from Wisconsin, in the
School for Advanced Studies in Social Welfare.
S. H. Scheuer Fellowship (1960) Established in the School for Advanced
Studies in Social Welfare to subsidize the doctoral preparation of a gifted graduate
student enrolled in the School.
Ida Hillson Schwartz and Elias Edward Schwartz Memorial Fellowship En-
dowment Fund (1949) Established as a memorial to Ida Hillson Schwartz of
Winter Hill, Massachusetts, by her family. The Fund has been augmented by a
perpetuity as an exchange fellowship, either to bring gifted young people from
Israel to Brandeis or to send Brandeis University students to the Hebrew Univer-
sity in Israel.
Kurt and Hortense Schweitzer Teaching Fellowship in American Civilization
(1951) A grant from Mrs. Kurt Schweitzer and the late Mr. Schweitzer of Okla-
homa City, Oklahoma, to support a teaching fellowship in the field of American
civilization.
Morris Sepinuck Teaching Fellowship (1954) Created as a memorial to Morris
Sepinuck by his children, Messrs. Samuel and Nathan Sepinuck, and Mrs. George
Sorkin of Boston, Massachusetts.
Fannie and Simon Shamroth Fellowship Endowment (1963) Established by the
children of Fannie and Simon Shamroth of Lynn, Massachusetts. The income from
this fund will be used to help subsidize deserving graduate students.
178 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Leonard Shanhouse Fellowship (1963) Established by Mr. Leonard Shan-
house of Magnolia, Arkansas, to provide fellowship assistance for deserving gradu-
ate students.
Isaiah Leo Sharfman Teaching Felloiuship Endowment (1956) Established
by Mr. and Mrs. Samuel R. Rosenthal of Highland Park, Illinois, in tribute to
Professor Sharfman of the University of Michigan, with preference given to teach-
ing fellows in the area of economics.
Mona Bronfman Sheckman Memorial Teaching Fellowship (1952) A grant
from the Mona Bronfman Sheckman Memorial Foundation of New York City, to
support a teaching fellowship.
Mr. and Mrs. Abraham Smith Memorial Felloivship (1962) Established by Mr.
Samuel Smith of Allentown, Pennsylvania, in memory of his parents, Mr. and Mrs.
Abraham Smith, to provide fellowship assistance for worthy graduate students.
Jack and Irene Hayes Solomon Foundation Fellowship Endowment (1962)
Established by the Jack and Irene Hayes Solomon Foundation of New York City,
the income to be used to support fellowships for gifted graduate students.
Mr. and Mrs. Harry Stadler Teaching Fellowship in Music (1956) Estab-
lished by Mr. and Mrs. Harry Stadler of Hollywood, Florida, in memory of their
loving mothers, Sarah Stadler and Etta Berger, to support a teaching fellowship in
the field of music.
Joseph F. Stein Foundation, Inc. Fellowship (1959) Established by the
Joseph F. Stein Foundation, Inc. through Mr. Joseph F. Stein of New York City,
for fellowship study in the School of Advanced Studies in Social Welfare.
Dr. and Mrs. Siegfried F. Strauss Fellowship (1961) Established by Dr. and
Mrs. Siegfried F. Strauss of Chicago, Illinois, to subsidize a gifted graduate student
working in the field of social welfare.
Sunshine Biscuits, Incorporated Fellowship (1962) Established through a
grant from Sunshine Biscuits, Incorporated of Long Island City, New York, to
provide fellowship assistance for deserving graduate students.
Gertrude W. and Edward M. Swartz Fellowship Endowment Fund
(1954) Established by Mr. and Mrs. Edward M. Swartz of Brookline, Massachu-
setts, to support a teaching or research fellowship.
David Tannenbaum Teaching Fellowship in Legal Institutions (1958) An
endowment to honor the memory of David Tannenbaum of Beverly Hills, Cali-
fornia, established by his friends and admirers.
Tanson Enterprises Inc. Fellowship (1961) A fellowship set up by Tanson
Enterprises, Inc. of New York City, to subsidize the graduate training of an
outstanding student in the School for Advanced Studies in Social Welfare.
Ben Tobin Teaching Fellowship (1955) Established by Mr. Ben Tobin of
Hollywood, Florida, to support a fellowship in the field of science.
Universal Match Foundation Fellowship (1957) A stipend of $3600 to be
awarded to a graduate student, or students, who are concentrating in the fields of
physics, chemistry, biochemistry or microbiology, set up by the Universal Match
Foundation of St. Louis, Missouri.
Harry Uviller Fellowship (1962) Established by friends and associates of
Harry Uviller, in appreciation for his many years of distinguished service as an
impartial arbitrator, and his many other contributions to the advancement of the
FELLOWSHIPS 179
needle trades industry and the preservation of industrial peace in New York. This
fellowship will provide assistance to deserving graduate students.
Rose Mary Waga Fellowship Endowment (1964) Established by Mr. Peter E.
Klein of Cleveland, Ohio, as Trustee to provide, in perpetuity, assistance to
talented and needy students in the Graduate School.
Leo Wasserman Graduate Fellowship (1962) Established through a gift from
the Leo Wasserman Foundation as a memorial to Leo Wasserman, late of Brook-
line, Massachusetts; the income to be devoted to the aid of graduate students in
the humanities, the social sciences, and the field of social work.
Herman Weisselberg Memorial Fellowship (1957) Established as a memorial
tribute by Mr. Arnold Weisselberg of Long Island City, New York, to support a
fellowship.
Carrie Wiener Teaching Fellowship (1950) The income from this $25,000
fund is to be used for a fellowship, established by Mr. Herman Wiener of Toledo,
Ohio, in the name of his wife.
Leon G. Winkelman Fellowship Endowment Fund (1959) Established by
the Leon G. and Josephine Winkelman Foundation of Detroit, Michigan, as a
memorial tribute to Leon G. Winkelman, to subsidize a graduate fellowship in the
field of gerontology.
Benjamin Y eager Teaching Fellowship (1952) Established by Mr. Benjamin
Yeager of Sullivan County, New York, for a teaching fellowship.
Paul Ziffren Felloiuship (1962) Established by Mr. Paul Ziffren of Los An-
geles, California, to provide fellowship assistance for worthy and deserving gradu-
ate students concentrating in the social sciences.
\ i
\ ^
\
i li 1"'
1
1
1
1 j >
1 lil 1
^^^^^^I^H
i^^^l ■■§■■■
•I
Ell
HIH
Directories
Board of Trustees
Norman S. Rabb, A.B., L.H.D., Chairman
Lawrence A. Wien, LL.B., LL.D., Vice-Chairman
Jacob A. Goldfarb, L.H.D., Treasurer
Samuel L. Slosberg, A.B., LL.D., Secretary
George Alpert, LL.B., LL.D.
James J. Axelrod, L.H.D.
William Benton, A.B., LL.D.
Morris Brown
Sidney M. Farber, M.D., L.H.D.
Joseph F. Ford, L.H.D.
Harry W. Golding
Reuben B. Gryzmish, LL.B.
Florence G. Heller
Maurice B. Hexter, Ph.D., L.H.D.
Jacob B. Hiatt, M.A.
Milton Kahn, B.S.
Irving Kane, LL.B., L.H.D.
Dudley F. Kimball, M.B.A., LL.D.
Philip M. Klutznick, D.H.L., LL.D.
Samuel Lemberg
President of the University
Abram L. Sachar, Ph.D., Litt.D.
• Emeritus
Joseph M. Linsey, D.Com.Sc.
Isador Lubin, Ph.D., LL.D.
Joseph L. Mailman
Mrs. Leon Margolis, A.B.
William Mazer, B.S.
Jack I. Poses, M.B.A.
Joseph M. Proskauer, LL.B., LL.D.
Israel Rogosin, D.Sc.
Edward Rose
Irving Salomon, L.H.D.
Louis H. Salvage
Dore Schary, D.H.L., D.F.A.
Jacob Shapiro, B.S.
Isaiah Leo Sharfman, LL.B., LL.D.
*Simon E. Sobeloff, LL.B., Litt.D.
Benjamin H. Swig
182
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Officers of Instruction
Faculty of Arts and Sciences
Abram Leon Sachar, Ph.D., Litt.D.
Leonard W. Levy, A.M., Ph.D.*
President of the University
Dean of Faculty and Earl Warren
Professor of History
Dean of the Graduate School, Associate
Dean of Faculty and Associate Professor of Philosophy
Associate Dean of Faculty and
Associate Professor of History
Peter Diamandopoulos, M.A., Ph.D. Acting Associate Dean of Faculty
and Associate Professor of History of Ideas and Philosophy
Harold Weisberg, B.A., Ph.D.
Eugene C. Black, A.M., Ph.D.^
Robert H. Abeles, M.S., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Biochemistry
(on the Rosenstiel Foundation)
Rose Abendstern, B.A., M.A. Lecturer in French
Asher Adler, M.Sc. Instructor in Physics
Henry D. Aiken, M.A., Ph.D. Professor of History of Ideas and Philosophy
Walter E. Albert, M.A., Ph.D.
John D. W. Andrews, B.A.
Horace Armistead
Alexander Altmann, M.A., Ph.D.**
Jerold S. Auerbach, M.A., Ph.D.
Maurice Auslander, B.A., Ph.D.
A. Owen Barfield, B.A., M.A.
Kenneth Barkin, B.A.
Howard Bay
Saul Benison, B.A., Ph.D.
Daniel C. Bennett, B.A., Ph.D.
Arthur Berger, B.S., M.A.
Robert W. Berger, B.S., M.A.
Stephan Berko, B.A., Ph.D.
David Sandler Berkowitz, A.M., Ph.D.**
Joseph S. Berliner, M.A., Ph.D.
Assistant Professor of French
Assistant Professor of Psychology
Visiting Professor of Theatre Arts
Philip W. Lawn Professor of
Jewish Philosophy
Assistant Professor of History
Professor of Mathematics
Visiting Professor of English
Assistant Professor of History
Professor of Theatre Arts
Adjunct Professor of History
Assistant Professor of Philosophy
Walter W. Naumhurg, Professor of Music
Assistant Professor of Fine Arts
Professor of Physics
Professor of History
Harold J. Silver Professor of Economics
Martin Boykan, B.A., M.M. Assistant Professor of Music and Artist-in-Residence
Paul H. Brainard, M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Music
Leo Bronstein, Ph.D.
Edgar H. Brown, Jr., M.A., Ph.D.*
Sheldon R. Brunswick, B.A., M.S.
David A. Buchsbaum, A.B., Ph.D.*
Norman F. Cantor, M.A., Ph.D. (beginning 1966-67)
Morris Carnovsky, A.B.
Joseph L Cheskis, A.M., Ph.D.
Max Chretien, Ph.D.
*On Leave, 1965-66
**On Leave, Fall Term, 1965-66.
Professor of Fine Arts
Professor of Mathematics
Lecturer in Yiddish
Professor of Mathematics
Professor of History
Adjunct Professor of Theatre Arts
Professor Emeritus of Romance Languages
and Literature
Associate Professor of Physics
DIRECTORIES
183
James H. Clay, M.A., Ph.D.
Helen Codere, B.A., Ph.D.
H. Daniel Cohen, B.S. (beginning 1966-67)
Associate Professor of Theatre Arts
Professor of Anthropology
Assistant Professor of Physics
Saul G. Cohen, M.A., Ph.D.
Stephen S. Cohen, B.A.
Peter Colaclides, Ph.D.
Andree M. Collard, M.A., Ph.D.
Lewis A. Coser, Ph.D.
George L. Cowgill, A.M., Ph.D.
James V. Cunningham, A.B., Ph.D.
David M. Dawson, A.B., M.D.
Stanley Deser, B.S., Ph.D.
Porphyrios Dikaios, D.Litt.
Paul B. Dorain, B.S., Ph.D.
Philip J. Driscoll, B.A., M.A.
James E. Duffy, A.M., Ph.D.**
Edward Engelberg, M.A., Ph.D.
Herman T. Epstein, M.A., Ph.D.
Helena Rubinstein Professor of Chemistry
Assistant Professor of Economics
Visiting Associate Professor of Classics
Assistant Professor of Spanish
Harry Coplan Professor of Sociology
Assistant Professor of Anthropology
Paul E. Prosswimmer Professor of English
Adjunct Assistant Professor of Biochemistry
Professor of Physics
Jacob Ziskind Visiting Professor of
Mediterranean Studies
Associate Professor of Chemistry
Instructor in English
/ Professor of Spanish
Associate Professor of Comparative Literature
Professor of Biophysics
Mireille Etienne, Agregee de I'Universite Visiting Lecturer in French
Robert Evans, Jr., S.B., Ph.D. Adjunct Associate Professor of Economics
David L. Falkoff, B.A., Ph.D. Professor of Physics
Gerald D. Fasman, B.Sc, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Biochemistry
(Established Investigator of the American Heart Association)
Gordon A. Fellman, B.A., Ph.D.
David Hackett Fischer, A.B., Ph.D.
Eugene J. Fleischmann, M.A., Ph.D.
Emanuel Flumere, B.S., M.Ed.
Madeline Foley, B.A., M.S.
Richard G. Fox, A.B., M.A.
Michael Freeman, M.S., Ph.D.
Orrie M. Friedman, B.Sc, Ph.D.
Lawrence H. Fuchs, B.A., Ph.D.*
Chandler M. Fulton, A.B., Ph.D.
Joachim E. Gaehde, M.A., Ph.D.
Barbara Gelpi, M.A., Ph.D.
Stephen J. Gendzier, M.A., Ph.D.
Martin Gibbs, B.S., Ph.D.
Donald B. Giddon, D.M.D., Ph.D.
Creighton Gilbert, B.A., Ph.D.
Associate Professor of Sociology
Assistant Professor of History
Visiting Lecturer in Jewish Philosophy
Associate Professor of Physical Education
Lecturer in Music and Artist-in-Residence
Assistant Professor of Anthropology
Lecturer in Mathematics
Adjunct Research Professor of Chemistry
Professor of American Civilization
Assistant Professor of Biology
Associate Professor of Fine Arts
Assistant Professor of English
Assistant Professor of French
Professor of Biology
Adjunct Lecturer in Psychology
Sidney and Ellen Wien
Professor of the History of Art
Ira H. Gilbert, A.M., Ph.D. Instructor in Astrophysics and Research Associate
Raymond S. Ginger, A.M., Ph.D. Professor of History
Howard M. Gitelman, M.S., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Economics
(on the Atran Foundation)
Nahum Norbert Glatzer, Ph.D. Michael Tuck Professor of Jewish History
Sidney Golden, B.S., Ph.D. Henry F. Fischbach Professor of Chemistry
Erich Goldhagen, B.A., M.A. Assistant Professor of Politics
*On Leave, 1965-66
•*On Leave, Spring Term, 1965-66.
184 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Abraham Goldin, M.A., Ph.D. Adjunct Professor of Biochemistry
William M. Goldsmith, B.A. Assistant Professor of Politics
Jack S. Goldstein, M.S., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Astrophysics
Nelson Goodman, B.S., Ph.D.* Harry A. Wolf son Professor of Philosophy
Cyrus H. Gordon, M.A., Ph.D. Joseph Foster Professor of Near Eastern Studies
Norman K. Gottwald, A.B., Ph.D. Visiting Lecturer in Biblical Studies
(Andover Newton Theological School)
Charles E. Gribble, B.A., A.M. Lecturer in Russian
Peter Grippe Professor of Fine Arts
Marcus T. Grisaru, M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Physics
Eugene P. Gross, A.M., Ph.D. Professor of Physics
Allen R. Grossman, M.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of English
Lawrence Grossman, B.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Biochemistry
(Career Award, National Institutes of Health)
Ernest Grunwald, B.A., Ph.D. Professor of Chemistry
Alexei Haieff Visiting Professor of Music
Benjamin Halpern, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Near Eastern Studies
(on the Rabbi Abraham Joseph and Leah Factor Foundation)
Joel M. Halpern, A.B., Ph.D.* Associate Professor of Anthropology
Martin Halpern, M.A., Ph.D. Visiting Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts
(University of Massachusetts)
L. Davis Hammond, B.A. Instructor in French
Andras P. Hamori, A.B., Ph.D. Instructor in Mediterranean Studies
Eugenia Hanfmann, Ph.D. Professor of Psychology
Victor Harris, M.S., Ph.D.* Professor of English
Robert W. Hartman, A.M., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Economics
Elsie Hasskarl, B.A. Instructor in Biology
Thomas J. Hegarty, A.M., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of History
Steve P. Heims, M.S., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Physics
Peter Heller, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Physics
James B. Hendrickson, M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Chemistry
Donald Hindley, M.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Politics
Milton Hindus, B.A., M.S.** Peter and Elizabeth Wolkenstein
Professor of English
Harry A. Hoffner, Jr., M.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Anatolian Studies
Christoph Hohenemser, B.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Physics
Thomas C. Hollocher, Jr., B.S., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Biochemistry
Benjamin B. Hoover, M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of English
Graham Hough, Ph.D. (beginning 1966-67) Professor of English
Everett C. Hughes, A.B., Ph.D. Professor of Sociology
John M. Hughes, B.S. Assistant Professor of Physical Education
Robert F. Hutton, B.S., A.M. Assistant Professor of Chemistry
William P. Jencks, M.D. Rosenstiel Professor of Biochemistry
Sheridan W. Johns, III, M.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Politics
Mary Ellen Jones, B.S., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Biochemistry
(on the Rosenstiel Foundation)
Richard M. Jones, A.B., Ph.D. Professor of Psychology
Peter C. Jordan, M.S., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Chemistry
•On Leave, 1965-66.
*»On Leave, Fall Term, 1965-66.
DIRECTORIES 185
Lisel K. Judge Lecturer in Physical Education
David Kaplan, A.M., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Anthropology
Nathan O. Kaplan, A.B., Ph.D. Rosenstiel Professor of Biochemistry
Morton Keller, M.A., Ph.D. Professor of History
George A. Kelly, M.A., Ph.D. Professor of Psychology
Albert Kelner, M.Sc, Ph.D. Abraham S. and Gertrude Burg Professor of Biology
S. Jay Keyser, M.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of English
James B. Klee, M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Psychology
Lucille H. Klee, M.A., Ph.D. Lecturer in Chemistry
Attila O. Klein, B.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Biology
Karen W. Klein, M.A., Ph.D. Instructor in English
Oskar Klein, M.A., Ph.D. Jacob Ziskind Visiting Professor of Physics
(University of Stockholm)
Daniel J. Kleitman, A.M., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Physics
Robert Lincoln Koff, B.Mus. Associate Professor of Music and
Artist-in-Residence
Joseph J. Kohn, M.A., Ph.D. Professor of Mathematics
Ira Konigsberg, M.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of English
Louis Kronenberger, Litt.D. Professor of Theatre Arts
Kenneth Kustin, B.Sc, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Chemistry
(on the Morris Schapiro Foundation)
Robert V. Lange, A.M., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Physics
Joel Larus, LL.B., Ph.D.* Assistant Professor of Politics
John Lawlor, B.A., M.A. Jacob Ziskind Visiting Professor of English
(University of Keele)
Earl E. Lazerson, M.A., Ph.D. Visiting Associate Professor of Mathematics
(Washington University)
Eugene Lehner Consultant in Chamber Music
Max Lerner, A.M., Ph.D.** Max Richter Professor of
American Civilization and Institutions
Baruch A. Levine, M.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Hebrew Literature
Harold L Levine, M.S., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Mathematics
Lawrence Levine, M.S., Sc.D. Professor of Biochemistry
(American Cancer Society Professorship)
Alan L. Levitan, M.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of English
Avigdor Levy, B.A., M.A.** Lecturer in Near Eastern Studies
(on the Pincus Glickman Foundation)
Kenneth J. Levy, M.F.A., Ph.D. Frederic R. Mann Professor of Music
Denah Levy Lida, M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Spanish
Henry Linschitz, M.A., Ph.D. Professor of Chemistry
Edgar Lipworth, M.A., Ph.D. Professor of Physics
Harvey S. London, A.B., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Psychology
Norton E. Long, A.M., Ph.D. James Gordon Professor of
Community Government
William Farnsworth Loomis, B.S., M.D. Louis I. and Bessie Rosenfield
Professor of Biochemistry
John M. Lowenstein, B.S., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Biochemistry
Heinz M. Lubasz, M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of History
*On Leave, 1965-66.
••On Leave, Spring Term, 1965-66.
186
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Alvin Lucier, B.A., M.F.A. Lecturer in Music and Director of
the University Chorus
Raymond A. Lyttleton, Ph.D. Jacob Ziskind Visiting Professor of Astrophysics
(St. John's College, Cambridge)
Ramsay MacMullen, A.B., Ph.D.
Roy C. Macridis, M.A., Ph.D.
Douglas R. Maddox, B.A., M.F.A.
Farahe Maloof, A.B., M.D.
Robert A. Manners, M.A., Ph.D.
Thomas N. Margulis, B.S., Ph.D.
Abraham H. Maslow, M.A., Ph.D.*
William H. Matheson, M.A., Ph.D.
Teruhisa Matsusaka, B.Sc, D.Sc.**
John F. Matthews, B.A.*
Carlo Mazzone-Clementi
Eugene Meehan, Ph.D.
Mosley A. Meer, B.A., Ph.D.
Harriet K. Meiss, A.B., Ph.D.
Joseph V. Messer, A.B., M.D.
Marvin Meyers, M.A., Ph.D.
Bruce Jerome Mikel, B.A., M.A.
Paul H. Monsky, M.S., Ph.D.
Charles Moore, B.A., M.F.A.
Ricardo B. Morant, M.A., Ph.D.
Ruth Schachter Morgenthau, Ph.D.
Aryeh L. Motzkin, M.A., Ph.D.
Martin Mueller, M.A.
William T. Murakami, A.B., Ph.D.
Associate Professor of History
Professor of Politics
Instructor in Theatre Arts
Adjunct Associate Professor of Biochemistry
Professor of Anthropology
Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Professor of Psychology
Assistant Professor of French
Professor of Mathematics
Associate Professor of Theatre Arts
Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts
Visiting Associate Professor of Politics
Assistant Professor of Physics
Instructor in Biology
(Rutgers University)
Adjunct Assistant Professor of Biochemistry
Harry S. Truman Professor of History
Instructor in German
Visiting Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Associate Professor of Theatre Arts
Professor of Psychology
Associate Professor of Politics
Assistant Professor of Islamic Studies
Instructor in English
Assistant Professor of Biochemistry
(American Cancer Faculty Research Award)
Joseph S. Murphy, M.A., Ph.D.* Assistant Professor of Politics
David Neiman, M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Biblical Studies
(on the Dora Golding Foundation)
Ulric Neisser, M.A., Ph.D.* Associate Professor of Psychology
Howard Nemerov, B.A. (beginning 1966-67) Professor of English
Anna Catherine Nichols, B.S., M.S. Associate Professor of Physical Education
Minoru Nishida, Ph.D.
Eric Nordlinger, A.B.
Irving Olin, B.S., M.Ed.
Gjerding Olsen, A.M., Ph.D.
Richard J. Onorato, A.B., A.M.
Richard S. Palais, M.A., Ph.D.
Hugh N. Pendleton, III, M.S., Ph.D
Frances S. Perkins, B.S.E., M.Ed.
Edwin Burr Pettet, A.B., Ph.D.
Michael Phillips, B.A., M.A.
»On Leave, 1965-66.
•*On Leave, Fall Term, 1965-66.
Visiting Associate Professor of Astrophysics
(Kyoto University)
Assistant Professor of Politics
Adjunct Associate Professor of Physical Education
Assistant Professor of Biology
Instructor in English
Professor of Mathematics
Assistant Professor of Physics
Lecturer in Psychology
Professor of Theatre Arts and
Director of the Brandeis Theatre
Instructor in Fine Arts
DIRECTORIES 187
Arthur Polonsky Assistant Professor of Fine Arts
Joshua Prawer, M.A., Ph.D. Visiting Professor of History
(Hebrew University)
Robert Otto Preyer, M.A., Ph.D. Professor of English
David Prill, Sc.B., Ph.D. Lecturer and Research Associate in Mathematics
Philip Rahv Professor of English
Harry Rand, M.D. Adjunct Professor of Clinical Psychiatry
Esther Eugenie Rawidowicz, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of German
Janine Reisman Lecturer in French
Karl M. I. Reisman, A.B., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Anthropology
Jack Reitzes, B.A., M.A. Assistant Professor and Director of Education
Marguerite S. Robinson, B.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Anthropology
Romney Robinson, M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Economics
(on the James Henry Yalem Foundation)
John P. Roche, M.A., Ph.D.* Morris Hillquit Professor of Labor
and Social Thought
Myron Rosenblum, A.M., Ph.D.* Associate Professor of Chemistry
Hugo Rossi, M.S., Ph.D.* Associate Professor of Mathematics
Murray Sachs, A.M., Ph.D. Associate Professor of French
(on the B. E. and Regine S. Levy Foundation)
I. Milton Sacks, M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Politics
Benson Saler, M.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Anthropology
Peter M. Sander, A.B., M.F.A. Instructor in Theatre Arts
Gerasimos X. Santas, M.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Philosophy
Nahum M. Sarna, M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Biblical Studies
Gordon Hisashi Sato, B.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Biochemistry
(on the Rosenstiel Foundation)
Henry E. Schaffer, M.S., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Biology
Jerome A. Schiff, B.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Biology
Melvyn Schnall, M.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Psychology
Marcel Schneeberger, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Physics and
Research Associate
Howard J. Schnitzer, B.S., Ph.D.** Associate Professor of Physics
Miriam F. Schurin, M.S., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Biology
Barney K. Schwalberg, B.Sc, M.A. Assistant Professor of Economics
Morris S. Schwartz, M.A., Ph.D. Mortimer Gryzmish Professor of
Human Relations
Silvan S. Schweber, M.S., Ph.D. Professor of Physics
John R. Seeley, A.B. Philip M. Klutznick Professor of Sociology
Robert T. Seeley, S.B., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Mathematics
William Chapin Seitz, M.F.A., Ph.D. Professor of Fine Arts _
John W. Senders, A.B. Lecturer in Psychology
Harold Shapero, A.B. Professor of Music
Thomas O. Sherman, B.S., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Seymour Shifrin, A.B., M.A. (beginning 1966-67) Professor of Music
Weishu Shih, D.Sc. Lecturer and Research Associate in Mathematics
Evelyn Singer Simha, B.A., M.A. Assistant Professor of French
•On Leave, 1965-66.
*'On Leave, Spring Term, 1965-66.
188 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Marianne L. Simmel, A.M., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Psychology
Michell Siporin Professor of Fine Arts
Richard L. Sklar, B.A., Ph.D. Adjunct Associate Professor of Politics
Philip E. Slater, A.B., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Sociology
John H. Smith, M.A., Ph.D. Visiting Associate Professor of English
Lacey T. Smith, B.A., M.P.A. Instructor in Economics
(Marquette University)
Bernard Z. Sobel, M.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Sociology
Frederic T. Sommers, B.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Philosophy
Morris Soodak, M.S., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Biochemistry
Joel Warren Spiegelman, B.A., M.F.A.** Lecturer in Music
Mark Spivak, A.M., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Psychology
Michael Spivak, M.A., Ph.D. Lecturer and Research Associate in Mathematics
Philip A. St. John, M.S., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Biology
Colin Steel, B.Sc, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Chemistry
J. Peter Stein, B.A., Ph.D. Instructor in Classics
Maurice R. Stein, B.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Sociology
Robert Stevenson, Ph.D., D.Sc.** Associate Professor of Chemistry
Ruth Stone, B.A. Lecturer in English
Maurice Sussman, B.S., Ph.D. Professor of Biology
Peter Swiggart, M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of English
Marie Syrkin, B.A., M.A.* Associate Professor of Humanities
Robert Szulkin, A.B., M.A. Instructor in Russian
Ralph Tarica, B.A., M.A. -Lecturer in French
Caldwell Titcomb, M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Music
Robert C. Tobey, B.A., A.M. Adjunct Lecturer in Computing Sciences
Stephen E. Toulmin, M.A., Ph.D. Professor of History of Ideas
and Philosophy
Thomas R. Tuttle, Jr., M.S., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Chemistry
Milton I. Vanger, M.A., Ph.D.* Associate Professor of History
John van Heijenoort, M.S., Ph.D. Professor of Philosophy
Alphonse T. Vasquez, B.S., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Helen Van Vunakis, B.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Biochemistry
(on a Research Career Award, National Institutes of Health)
Gerald C. Volpe, M.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of French
Samuel E. Wallace, M.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Sociolop
Aileen Ward, M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of English
Richard S. Weckstein, M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Economics
(on the Carl Marks Foundation)
Alex Weingrod, M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Anthropology
Robert S. Weiss, M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Sociology
John Burt Wight, Ed.M., Ed.D. Lecturer in English
William A. Wilson, B.A. Instructor in Theatre Arts
Jerome Wodinsky, B.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Psychology
Sanford E. Wolf, S.B., M.A. Assistant Professor of Physics
Kurt H. Wolff, Ph.D. Professor of Sociology
Peter Woll, A.B., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Politics
Luis E. Yglesias, B.A. Assistant Professor of Spanish
»On Leave, 1965-66.
•*On Leave, Fall Term, 1965-66.
DIRECTORIES 189
Dwight Wayne Young, Th.M., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Semitic Languages
Mumtaz H. Zaidi, M.Sc, Ph.D. Visiting Assistant Professor of Astrophysics
(University of Nebraska)
Alvin D. Zalinger, B.S., M.A. Visiting Lecturer in Sociology
Joseph Zelan, M.A., Ph.D. Lecturer in Sociology
Eleonore M. Zimmermann, M.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of French
Leonard Zion, M.A. Lecturer in Contemporary Jewish Studies
Harry Zohn, Ed.M., Ph.D. Associate Professor of German
Irving K. Zola, B.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Sociology
Edgar Zwilling, M.A., Ph.D.** Professor of Biology
Hiatt Institute in Israel
Yehezkel Dror, LL.M., S.J.D. Visiting Lecturer in Israel Political Institutions
Avigdor Levy, B.A., M.A. Adjunct Assistant Professor of Hebrew and
Acting Director of Hiatt Institute for 1965
Rifka Bar-Yosef, M.A., Ph.D. Visiting Lecturer in Sociology
Aharon Rosen, B.A. Director of Hebrew Studies
Baruch Mevorach, B.A., M.A. Visiting Lecturer in Modern Jewish History
The Graduate Council
The members of the Graduate Council of the Graduate School of Arts and
Sciences are appointed annually by the President of the University. Members of
the Graduate Council for 1965-66 are:
The President of the University and The Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences
(ex officio)
The Dean of the Graduate School (Council Chairman)
Saul G. Cohen, Chairman, Department of Chemistry
Peter Diamandopoulos, Chairman, Committee on History of Ideas
Herman T. Epstein, Chairman, Committee on Biophysics
Martin Gibbs, Chairman, Department of Biology
Nahum N. Glatzer, Chairman, Department of Near Eastern and Judaic Studies
Cyrus H. Gordon, Chair7nan, Department of Mediterranean Studies
Nathan O. Kaplan, Chairman, Department of Biochemistry
Morton Keller, Chairman, Committee on History of American Civilization
Joseph J. Kohn, Chairman, Department of Mathematics
Robert A. Manners, Chairman, Department of Anthropology
Ricardo B. Morant, Chairman, Department of Psychology
Robert O. Preyer, Chairman, Department of English and American Literature
Silvan S. Schweber, Chairman, Department of Physics
Charles I. Schottland, Dean, Florence Heller Graduate School for Advanced Studies
in Social Welfare
John R. Seeley, Chairman, Department of Sociology
Harold Shapero, Chairman, Department of Music
Frederic T. Sommers, Chairman, Department of Philosophy
•*On Leave, Spring Term, 1965-66.
190
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Research Associates and Fellows
Kozaburo Adachi, Ph.D.
William S. Allison, Ph.D.
Rita Arditti, Ph.D.
Hilary Ashe, Ph.D.
John M. Ashworth, Ph.D.
Ronald J. Baumgarten, Ph.D.
Rene Bensasson, Ph.D.
Sandra Blethen, Ph.D.
J. Anthony Burke, Ph.D.
George Cardinale, Ph.D.
John Carrico, Ph.D.
Gary Ceska, Ph.D.
J. K. Chakrabarti, Ph.D.
William Cockburn, Ph.D.
Hayden Coon, Ph.D.
Leonard Gorman, D.M.D.
Lucien Cuprak, D.M.D.
Betty Davidson, Ph.D.
Samuel Davidson, Ph.D.
Giovanni Di Sabato, M.D.
Frank Dolbeare, Ph.D.
Robert O. Doyle, Ph.D.
Charles Drake, A.B., B.D.
Robert A. Ellison, Ph.D.
Hans Eppenberger, Ph.D.
Monika Eppenberger, M.D.
Robert G. Everson, Ph.D.
Marie Ru-Yu Fang, Ph.D.
Ronald H. Felton, Ph.D.
Joan Friedman, Ph.D.
Erland C. Gjessing, Ph.D.
Kenneth Golden, Ph.D.
Michael Greenspan, Ph.D.
James Griffin, Ph.D.
J. Stuart Grossert, Ph.D.
Jon E. Haebig, Ph.D.
William Hammond, Ph.D.
Linda Harpring, Ph.D.
Joseph Herskovits, M.D.
Annemarie Herzfeld, Ph.D.
D. G. Hey, Ph.D.
Daniel Hodgins, Ph.D.
Robert L. Jaffe, Ph.D.
Volker Kasche, Ph.D.
Keitaro Kato, Ph.D.
Barbara J. King, Ph.D.
Annette Krebs, M.A.
Postdoctoral Felloio in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Chemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Hardness Fellow in Biology
Research Fellow in Chemistry
NATO Postdoctoral Fellow in Chemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Research Associate in Physics
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Research Associate in Physics
Postdoctoral Fellow in Chemistry
Research Associate in Chemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biology
Research Associate in Biology
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
American Cancer Society Scholar in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Felloiv in Biochemistry
Research Associate in Physics
Research Associate in Psychology
Postdoctoral Fellow in Chemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biology
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Chemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Visiting Scientist in Biochemistry
Research Associate in Physics
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Chemistry
Research Associate in Chemistry
ONR Postdoctoral Research Associate
in Mathematics
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Chemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
NATO Research Fellow in Chemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Chemistry
Research Associate in Psychology
DIRECTORIES
191
Nicholas J. Kuhn, Ph.D.
Erwin Latzko, Ph.D.
Susan Leeman, Ph.D.
Shenvin Lehrer, Ph.D.
Harvey L. Levine, M.D.
Gustav Lienhard, Ph.D.
Fang-Jen Lin, M.D.
Helmut Link, Ph.D.
William F. Loomis, Jr., Ph.D.
Evelyne Nahon, M.D.
Iain MacLean, Ph.D.
Inga Mahler, Ph.D.
Chiang H. Mei, Ph.D.
Leonard Meyers, Ph.D.
Behzad Mohit, M.D.
William Murphey, Ph.D.
Samuel T. Nerenberg, M.D., Ph.D.
Gerald Porter, Ph.D.
David Portsmouth, Ph.D.
Mohindar Puar, Ph.D.
Julio Pudles, Ph.D.
Thomas Ragland, Ph.D.
Earle Ralph, Ph.D.
G. Caird Ramsay, Ph.D.
Michael Ramsay, Ph.D.
Vernon Reinhold, Ph'.D.
Michael Rosen, Ph.D.
Raquel Rotman-Sussman, Ph.D.
Allyn L. H. Rule, Ph.D.
Thomas St. Pierre, Ph.D.
Eugene Sander, Ph.D.
Gottfried Theodore Schoppert, Ph.
Charlotte Green Schwartz, M.A.
Edna Seaman, Ph.D.
John W. Senders, A.B.
Richard Silverstein, Ph.D.
Thomas A. Spencer, Ph.D.
Mark Spivak, Ph.D.
Norbert I. Swislocki, Ph.D.
Bronislava Szorenyi, Ph.D.
Jerome Targovnik, M.D.
Timothy F. Thomas, Ph.D.
J. Tyson Tildon, M.D.
Walter Toman, Ph.D.
Kiyoshi Ueda, M.D.
William D. Voiers, Ph.D.
Martha Wang, Ph.D.
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Senior Research Associate in Biology
National Institutes of Health Research Career
Development Awardee in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Chemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biology
Visiting Scientist in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Chemistry
Research Associate in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Chemistry
Research Associate in Physics
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Visiting Scientist in Biochemistry
ONR Postdoctoral Research Associate in
Mathematics
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Chemistry
Senior Research Associate in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Chemistry
Postdoctoral Felloio in Chemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Chemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
ONR Postdoctoral Research Associate in
Mathematics
Research Associate in Biology
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
D. Research Associate in Chemistry
Research Associate in Sociology
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Senior Research Associate in Psychology
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Visiting Scientist in Biochemistry
Research Associate in Sociology
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Senior Research Associate in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Chemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Senior Research Associate in Psychology
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Research Associate in Psychology
Postdoctoral Fellow in Chemistry
192
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Margaret Ward, Ph.D.
Donald Wilken, Ph.D.
Frederick Wiseman, LL.B.
Kaichiro Yanagisawa, Ph.D.
Jacob Yashphe, Ph.D.
Yosihiro Yasumura, M.D.
Michael Zeldin, Ph.D.
Estelle Zoll, Ph.D.
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
National Science Foundation Postdoctoral
Fellow in Mathematics
Research Associate in Sociology
Postdoctoral Fellow (Trainee) in Biology
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Postdoctoral Fellow in Biochemistry
Research Associate in Biology
Research Fellow in Chemistry
Administration of the University
Abram Leon Sachar, Ph.D.
Administrative Council
Clarence Q. Berger, A.M.
**Eugene C. Black, Ph.D.
Peter Diamandopoulos, Ph.
Philip J. Driscoll, A.M.
*Leonard W. Levy, Ph.D.
Lester G. Loomis, M.B.A.
Kermit C. Morrissey, B.A.
Charles I. Schottland, A.B.
**Harold Weisberg, Ph.D.
Sumner J. Abrams, P.E.
David L. Rolbein, M.S.
President of the University
Dean of University Planning and Development
Associate Dean of Faculty of Arts and Sciences
D. Acting Associate Dean of Faculty
Dean of Admissions
Dean of Faculty of Arts and Sciences
Dean of Financial Affairs
Dean of Students
Dean of Heller Graduate School for Advanced Studies
in Social Welfare
Dean of Graduate School of Arts and Sciences and
Associate Dean of Faculty of Arts and Sciences
Director of Plant Operations
Director of Business Administration
Offices of Administration
Alumni Relations
Robert F. Kelley, '57, A.B.
Business Administration
David L. Rolbein, M.S.
Director
Director
Chaplains
Richard Troy, Ph.B.
Paul Lee, Ph.D.
Albert Axelrod
Brandeis Newman Club
Brandeis Student Christian Association
Brandeis B'nai B'rith Hillel Foundation
University Finance Office
Lester G. Loomis, M.B.A. Dean
Charles S. Woodbury, B.S., C.P.A. Chief Accountant and Research Fiscal Officer
•On Leave, 1965-66.
**On Leave, Fall Term.
DIRECTORIES 193
Library
Louis Kronenberger, Litt.D. Librarian
Plant Operations
Sumner J. Abrams, P.E. Director
Psychological Counseling Center
Eugenia Hanfmann, Ph.D. Director
Stanley S. Kanter, M.D. Psychiatric Consultant
Elliot Baker, Ph.D. Counselor
Sarah Evan, M.S.W. Counselor
Anton G. Hardy, Ph.D. Counselor
Philip M. Helfaer, M.A. Counselor
Richard M. Jones, Ph.D. Counselor
Esther Osborne, A.M. Counselor
Visiting Committee
Crete L. Bibring, M.D.
George E. Gardner, M.D.
Public Affairs
Richard E. Gillman Director
Wien International Scholarship Program
Kermit C. Morrissey, A.B. Acting Director
Graduate School Administrative Personnel
M. Catherine Butler, A.M. Assistant to the Dean
Philip A. St. John, Ph.D. Assistant to the Dean
Dorothy H. Roach Executive Secretary
Elaine P. Bridgett Secretary
Margaret R. Holland Secretary
Mary E. O'Neill Secretary
Diana J. Twomey Secretary
Marie Anderson (Biology, Biophysics); Elinor Ciftan (Mathematics); June Cush-
ner (English and American Literature); Rose M. DeSimone (Mediterranean
Studies); Judith Fleischer (History of American Civilization); Jean Gelhar (Near
Eastern and Judaic Studies); Jan Gilmore (Anthropology); Sada Gordon (History
of Ideas); M. Lee Healey (Physics); Lois S. McMullen (Chemistry); M. Rosamonde
Morrison (Music); M. Verna Regan (Psychology); Edna E. Royal (Biochemistry);
Dorothea L Smith (Sociology); Bette White (Philosophy).
194 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
Index
Academic Regulations 48
Administration of the University 192
Admission 42
Anthropology 67
Areas of Study and Courses 67
Auditing Courses 49
Biochemistry 74
Biology 80
Biophysics 88
Calendar 8, 9
Chemistry 89
Contemporary Jewish Studies 96
Credit for work done elsewhere 51
Degree Requirements, General . 54
Directories 181
Dismissal 54
Dissertation 57
Employment 67
English and American Literature 99
Expulsion 54
Faculty 182
Fees 59
Fellowships 169
Financial Assistance 63
Foreign Students 46
Full-Time Resident status 52
General Description 22
General Information 39
Grades 50
Graduate Council 189
Health Office 41
History of American Civilization 104
History of Ideas 108
History of the University 39
Housing 40
Incompletes 50
Language Requirements 56
Leave of Absence 53
Mathematics 118
Mediterranean Studies 122
J
INDEX 195
Music 127
Near Eastern and Judaic Studies 133
Part-Time Resident status 52
Philosophy 140
Physics 145
Program, change of 49
Psychology 152
Registration 48, 49
Research Assistantships 66
Research Associates and Fellows 190
Residence Requirements 51
Sociology 160
Special Students 53
Teaching Assistantships 65
Theatre Arts 168
University Organization 12
Withdrawal 54
Notes
Notes
}
Notes
Notes
Notes
Correspondence Directory
Admission to Graduate School:
Dean of Graduate School
Admission to The Florence Heller School for Advanced Studies in
Social Welfare:
Dean of the School for Social Welfare
Summer Institute:
Director of Summer Institute.
Scholarship Applications:
Dean of Admissions
Establishment of Grants and Bequests:
Dean of University Resources
Alumni Affairs:
Director of Alumni Relations
General Information:
Director of Public Affairs
mCHIVKS
/ ^
6
WELLS BllSmiiW INC.
ALTHAM, MASS.
Ft-J iii75
Illllll
3 TOT? 0DflD7hD3 7
ARCHIVES;
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11